Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the object of poetry

  • 1 object

    I 'ob‹ikt noun
    1) (a thing that can be seen or felt: There were various objects on the table.) gjenstand, ting
    2) (an aim or intention: His main object in life was to become rich.) mål, hensikt
    3) (the word or words in a sentence or phrase which represent(s) the person or thing affected by the action of the verb: He hit me; You can eat what you like.) objekt
    II əb'‹ekt verb
    (often with to) to feel or express dislike or disapproval: He wanted us to travel on foot but I objected (to that). innvende, ha noe imot
    - objectionable
    - objectionably
    formål
    --------
    gjenstand
    --------
    hensikt
    --------
    mål
    --------
    objekt
    --------
    sikte
    --------
    ting
    I
    subst. \/ˈɒbdʒɪkt\/
    1) ( også overført) gjenstand, objekt, ting
    2) formål, hensikt, mening
    • the object of the society is to...
    foreningens formål er å...
    jeg kan ikke se hva det skal være godt for \/ jeg kan ikke se hensikten med det
    det skal ikke stå på penger\/prisen spiller ingen rolle
    3) mål
    • the students started the campaign with the object of raising money to charity
    studentene startet kampanjen med det mål for øye å skaffe penger til veldedighet
    4) ( hverdagslig) ynkelig syn, usselt syn
    • what an object you look in that outfit!
    5) ( grammatikk) objekt
    salary no object ( i annonse) lønnsspørsmålet er underordnet
    II
    verb \/əbˈdʒekt\/
    1) innvende, ha innvendinger, protestere
    2) tilbakevise, trekke i tvil
    object to ha innvendinger mot, protestere mot
    ikke tåle, ikke like, mislike

    English-Norwegian dictionary > object

  • 2 destacar

    v.
    1 to emphasize, to highlight (poner de relieve).
    cabe destacar que… it is important to point out that…
    hay que destacar el trabajo de los actores the acting deserves special mention
    Ella destaca sus logros She highlights his achievements.
    Ella destacó su importancia She emphasized its importance.
    2 to station (tropas).
    3 to stand out.
    destaca entre sus otras novelas por su humor it stands out among her other novels for o because of its humor
    Sus logros destacan His achievements stand out.
    4 to put on the front, to deploy, to detach, to put at the front line.
    Ricardo destacó al alumno Richard put the student on the front.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SACAR], like link=sacar sacar
    1 (despuntar) to stand out
    1 MILITAR to detach
    2 (en pintura) to highlight, make stand out
    3 figurado (dar énfasis) to point out, emphasize
    1 to stand out
    * * *
    verb
    1) to highlight, emphasize
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=hacer resaltar) to emphasize

    quiero destacar que... — I wish to emphasize that...

    2) (Mil) to detach, detail
    3) (Inform) to highlight
    2.
    VI
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (recalcar, subrayar) to emphasize, stress
    2) ( realzar) <belleza/figura> to enhance; <color/plano> to bring out
    3)
    a) (Mil) < tropas> to post

    destacar a alguien para + inf — to detail somebody to + inf

    b) <periodista/fotógrafo> to send
    2.
    destacar vi to stand out

    destacar en algo — to excel at o in something

    * * *
    = bring into + focus, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + prominence, give + emphasis, highlight, make + Posesivo + mark, single out, illuminate, heighten, stand out in + the text, play up, stand out, foreground, lay + emphasis on, be to the fore, bring to + the fore, come to + the fore, give + highlights, excel, spotlight, bring to + the forefront, place + great store on, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, have + high profile, bring + attention to, stand + apart, shine, deploy, flag + Nombre + up, stand + proud.
    Ex. The current technological scene is reviewed to bring fee-related issues into sharper focus.
    Ex. Analytical cataloguing aims to emphasise the content of documents, rather than relying entirely upon cataloguing whole works.
    Ex. Provision should be on the basis of quality and originality, with classic works of the genre given prominence.
    Ex. Some are poorly written giving either too much or too little data, and giving undue emphasis to the author's priorities.
    Ex. In each case the object of the discussion will be to highlight what appear to be the significant aspects, particularly those concerning the background which affect the nature of the scheme.
    Ex. Prior to that date he had already begun to make his mark.
    Ex. Conference proceedings are singled out for special attention because they are an important category of material in relation to abstracting and indexing publications.
    Ex. This appraisal attempts to illuminate aspects of Irish library history omitted from international reference works.
    Ex. Automated support services have heightened the sense of interdependency between libraries and vendors.
    Ex. Both Dialog and Chemical Abstracts Service stand out in the text.
    Ex. A long-standing but unfortunate tradition plays up antagonism between those librarians who become catalogers and those who opt for reference or public service.
    Ex. Three national library catalogues stand out as highly important sources of general bibliography.
    Ex. His survey of how such poetry has been edited in recent years, however, shows that a single edition is still foregrounded while other editions are only obliquely indicated via footnotes.
    Ex. Her article lays emphasis on some of the concerns that are important to the continued development of effective information policies.
    Ex. Those countries which were already to the fore in science and technology certainly faced problems in the handling of information.
    Ex. Installation of new computer terminals may bring the problem to the fore.
    Ex. As this table shows, the age profile for all borrowers is very close to that of all adults in the country but when one looks at the more frequent users, the regular borrowers, the older people come more to the fore.
    Ex. This article gives highlights of a trade show on the applications of optical information systems in publishing organised by Learned Information and held in New York City, 15-17 Oct 86.
    Ex. Expert systems represent an attempt to harness, as an intellectual tool, those features of the computer where it excels in the handling of data.
    Ex. This article spotlights the role that authority files play in promoting uniformity of cataloguing practice.
    Ex. This theft of valuable letters and documents brings to the forefront, once again, the question of collection security in the nation's archives.
    Ex. The IFLA letter places great store on the number of FID members who are also IFLA members.
    Ex. This article pesents an interview with George Cunningham who sees his role as creating a high profile for the library profession and fostering a love of books.
    Ex. The course gives information technology a very high profile.
    Ex. Before the launch of Penguin Books India in 1987, trade publishing in English in India did not have the high profile in bookstores it has today..
    Ex. In crisp, economical prose, the journal calmly brought attention to the nooks and crannies, and absurdities of university life, concerning itself with both the idiosyncratic and the profound.
    Ex. There are many books published in the world and of many kinds, but one category stands apart: books that come under the heading of literature.
    Ex. A light box would be provided for this purpose so that the cards could be accurately stacked on top of each other to allow the light from the light box to shine through any holes that the three cards had in common.
    Ex. Any attack on Iran will require that military forces quickly deploy to Dubai to forestall the closing of the strait.
    Ex. If you spot an error then flag it up to your bank promptly and insist they take action to rectify it.
    Ex. Even now, hundreds of years after his death, his timepieces stand proud in historic buildings around the world.
    ----
    * destacar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * destacar en = pull off on.
    * destacar la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * destacar la importancia de = stress + the importance of, emphasise + the importance of, highlight + the importance of.
    * destacar por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * destacar sobre los demás = stand out above + the rest, stand out from + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * es de destacar que = significantly.
    * es importante destacar = importantly.
    * hay que destacar = importantly.
    * sin acontecimientos que destacar = uneventful.
    * sin nada que destacar = uneventful.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (recalcar, subrayar) to emphasize, stress
    2) ( realzar) <belleza/figura> to enhance; <color/plano> to bring out
    3)
    a) (Mil) < tropas> to post

    destacar a alguien para + inf — to detail somebody to + inf

    b) <periodista/fotógrafo> to send
    2.
    destacar vi to stand out

    destacar en algo — to excel at o in something

    * * *
    = bring into + focus, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + prominence, give + emphasis, highlight, make + Posesivo + mark, single out, illuminate, heighten, stand out in + the text, play up, stand out, foreground, lay + emphasis on, be to the fore, bring to + the fore, come to + the fore, give + highlights, excel, spotlight, bring to + the forefront, place + great store on, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, have + high profile, bring + attention to, stand + apart, shine, deploy, flag + Nombre + up, stand + proud.

    Ex: The current technological scene is reviewed to bring fee-related issues into sharper focus.

    Ex: Analytical cataloguing aims to emphasise the content of documents, rather than relying entirely upon cataloguing whole works.
    Ex: Provision should be on the basis of quality and originality, with classic works of the genre given prominence.
    Ex: Some are poorly written giving either too much or too little data, and giving undue emphasis to the author's priorities.
    Ex: In each case the object of the discussion will be to highlight what appear to be the significant aspects, particularly those concerning the background which affect the nature of the scheme.
    Ex: Prior to that date he had already begun to make his mark.
    Ex: Conference proceedings are singled out for special attention because they are an important category of material in relation to abstracting and indexing publications.
    Ex: This appraisal attempts to illuminate aspects of Irish library history omitted from international reference works.
    Ex: Automated support services have heightened the sense of interdependency between libraries and vendors.
    Ex: Both Dialog and Chemical Abstracts Service stand out in the text.
    Ex: A long-standing but unfortunate tradition plays up antagonism between those librarians who become catalogers and those who opt for reference or public service.
    Ex: Three national library catalogues stand out as highly important sources of general bibliography.
    Ex: His survey of how such poetry has been edited in recent years, however, shows that a single edition is still foregrounded while other editions are only obliquely indicated via footnotes.
    Ex: Her article lays emphasis on some of the concerns that are important to the continued development of effective information policies.
    Ex: Those countries which were already to the fore in science and technology certainly faced problems in the handling of information.
    Ex: Installation of new computer terminals may bring the problem to the fore.
    Ex: As this table shows, the age profile for all borrowers is very close to that of all adults in the country but when one looks at the more frequent users, the regular borrowers, the older people come more to the fore.
    Ex: This article gives highlights of a trade show on the applications of optical information systems in publishing organised by Learned Information and held in New York City, 15-17 Oct 86.
    Ex: Expert systems represent an attempt to harness, as an intellectual tool, those features of the computer where it excels in the handling of data.
    Ex: This article spotlights the role that authority files play in promoting uniformity of cataloguing practice.
    Ex: This theft of valuable letters and documents brings to the forefront, once again, the question of collection security in the nation's archives.
    Ex: The IFLA letter places great store on the number of FID members who are also IFLA members.
    Ex: This article pesents an interview with George Cunningham who sees his role as creating a high profile for the library profession and fostering a love of books.
    Ex: The course gives information technology a very high profile.
    Ex: Before the launch of Penguin Books India in 1987, trade publishing in English in India did not have the high profile in bookstores it has today..
    Ex: In crisp, economical prose, the journal calmly brought attention to the nooks and crannies, and absurdities of university life, concerning itself with both the idiosyncratic and the profound.
    Ex: There are many books published in the world and of many kinds, but one category stands apart: books that come under the heading of literature.
    Ex: A light box would be provided for this purpose so that the cards could be accurately stacked on top of each other to allow the light from the light box to shine through any holes that the three cards had in common.
    Ex: Any attack on Iran will require that military forces quickly deploy to Dubai to forestall the closing of the strait.
    Ex: If you spot an error then flag it up to your bank promptly and insist they take action to rectify it.
    Ex: Even now, hundreds of years after his death, his timepieces stand proud in historic buildings around the world.
    * destacar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * destacar en = pull off on.
    * destacar la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * destacar la importancia de = stress + the importance of, emphasise + the importance of, highlight + the importance of.
    * destacar por encima de los demás = stand out from + the rest, stand out above + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * destacar sobre los demás = stand out above + the rest, stand out from + the rest, stand out in + the crowd.
    * es de destacar que = significantly.
    * es importante destacar = importantly.
    * hay que destacar = importantly.
    * sin acontecimientos que destacar = uneventful.
    * sin nada que destacar = uneventful.

    * * *
    destacar [A2 ]
    vt
    A (recalcar, subrayar) to emphasize, stress
    destacó la gravedad de la situación he underlined o stressed o emphasized the gravity of the situation
    B ( Art) to highlight, bring out
    C
    1 (enviar) ‹tropas› to post
    fueron destacados para defender el puente they were detailed to defend the bridge
    2 ‹periodista/fotógrafo› to send
    ■ destacar
    vi
    to stand out
    el trabajo destaca por su originalidad the work is remarkable for o stands out because of its originality
    el marco hace destacar aún más la belleza del cuadro the frame further enhances the beauty of the picture
    destacó como autor teatral he was an outstanding playwright
    a lo lejos destacaba el campanario de la iglesia the church tower stood out in the distance
    nunca destacó como estudiante he never excelled o shone as a student
    destaca entre los de su edad por su estatura he stands out from others of his age because of his height
    * * *

     

    destacar ( conjugate destacar) verbo transitivo
    1 (recalcar, subrayar) to emphasize, stress
    2 ( realzar) ‹belleza/figura› to enhance;
    ‹color/plano› to bring out
    3
    a) (Mil) ‹ tropas› to post

    b) ‹periodista/fotógrafo› to send

    verbo intransitivo
    to stand out;
    destacar en algo to excel at o in sth
    destacar vtr fig to emphasize, stress
    destacar(se) verbo intransitivo & verbo reflexivo to stand out
    ' destacar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    brillar
    - despuntar
    - destacarse
    - perfilarse
    - realzar
    - resaltar
    - sobresalir
    - subrayar
    English:
    angular
    - detail
    - highlight
    - shine
    - stand out
    - crowd
    - excel
    - heighten
    - stand
    - tower
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [poner de relieve] to emphasize, to highlight;
    debo destacar lo importante que es la operación I must stress o emphasize how important the operation is;
    cabe destacar que… it is important to point out that…;
    hay que destacar el trabajo de los actores the acting deserves special mention
    2. [tropas] to station;
    [corresponsales] to assign, to send
    ♦ vi
    [sobresalir] to stand out;
    tiene afán por destacar she is keen to excel;
    destacó como concertista de piano he was an outstanding concert pianist;
    hay una alumna que destaca de los demás/entre todos there is one student who stands out from the others/from all the others;
    destaca en sus estudios she is an outstanding student;
    destaca entre sus otras novelas por su humor it stands out from her other novels for o because of its humour;
    destaca mucho por su imponente físico he really stands out because of his impressive physique;
    un pueblo que no destaca por nada en particular a town that is not remarkable for anything in particular, a rather unremarkable town
    * * *
    I v/i stand out
    II v/t emphasize
    * * *
    destacar {72} vt
    1) enfatizar, subrayar: to emphasize, to highlight, to stress
    2) : to station, to post
    : to stand out
    * * *
    1. (resaltar) to point out / to emphasize
    2. (sobresalir) to stand out [pt. & pp. stood]

    Spanish-English dictionary > destacar

  • 3 resaltar

    v.
    1 to highlight.
    Ella destaca sus logros She highlights his achievements.
    2 to stand out.
    3 to stick out (en edificios) (balcón).
    4 to project out, to stand out, to jut out, to project.
    La cornisa sobresale mucho The cornice juts out too much.
    5 to flatter.
    * * *
    1 (sobresalir) to project, jut out
    2 figurado (distinguirse) to stand out (de, from)
    1 to highlight, stress, emphasize
    \
    hacer resaltar to emphasize, stress, highlight
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=destacarse) to stand out

    hacer resaltar algo — to set sth off; (fig) to highlight sth

    2) (=sobresalir) to jut out, project
    2.
    VT (=destacar) to highlight
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) (sobresalir, destacarse) to stand out
    2)

    hacer resaltar — < color> to bring out; <importancia/necesidad> to highlight, stress

    2.
    resaltar vt <cualidad/rasgo> to highlight; <importancia/necesidad> to highlight, stress
    * * *
    = bring into + focus, bring out, conspicuousness, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], enhance, highlight, stress, underscore, illuminate, accentuate, heighten, play up, attract + attention, stand out, foreground, be to the fore, bring to + the fore, come to + the fore, give + highlights, spotlight, bring to + the forefront, point up, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, have + high profile, bring + attention to, make + a point of + Gerundio, point to, make + Reflexivo + conspicuous, flag + Nombre + up, celebrate, stand + proud.
    Ex. The current technological scene is reviewed to bring fee-related issues into sharper focus.
    Ex. These should be used to speed up our processing, but the important thing is that we bring out the essential parts of a work and give all the possible entries to identify the work.
    Ex. One of the most cited shortcomings of mobile advice centres, that their conspicuousness deters people from using them, does not seem to have been a problem.
    Ex. Analytical cataloguing aims to emphasise the content of documents, rather than relying entirely upon cataloguing whole works.
    Ex. An introduction explaining the nature and scope of the indexing language will enhance its value.
    Ex. In each case the object of the discussion will be to highlight what appear to be the significant aspects, particularly those concerning the background which affect the nature of the scheme.
    Ex. However, it must be stressed that these problems are still in the future.
    Ex. All I wanted to underscore with these four horror stories is that the judicious, discretionary assignment of added entries can either powerfully inhibit or promote access to the documents.
    Ex. This appraisal attempts to illuminate aspects of Irish library history omitted from international reference works.
    Ex. However, future trends may tend to accentuate this division.
    Ex. Automated support services have heightened the sense of interdependency between libraries and vendors.
    Ex. A long-standing but unfortunate tradition plays up antagonism between those librarians who become catalogers and those who opt for reference or public service.
    Ex. A few minutes spent with teacher and pupils talking about books conversationally in a by-the-way fashion serves the double purpose of preparing the right set of mind for reading while at the same time attracting attention to books that might be enjoyed.
    Ex. Three national library catalogues stand out as highly important sources of general bibliography.
    Ex. His survey of how such poetry has been edited in recent years, however, shows that a single edition is still foregrounded while other editions are only obliquely indicated via footnotes.
    Ex. Those countries which were already to the fore in science and technology certainly faced problems in the handling of information.
    Ex. Installation of new computer terminals may bring the problem to the fore.
    Ex. As this table shows, the age profile for all borrowers is very close to that of all adults in the country but when one looks at the more frequent users, the regular borrowers, the older people come more to the fore.
    Ex. This article gives highlights of a trade show on the applications of optical information systems in publishing organised by Learned Information and held in New York City, 15-17 Oct 86.
    Ex. This article spotlights the role that authority files play in promoting uniformity of cataloguing practice.
    Ex. This theft of valuable letters and documents brings to the forefront, once again, the question of collection security in the nation's archives.
    Ex. The obvious first line of defence is for librarians, agents and journal publishers to join forces to point up the decline in library provision.
    Ex. This article pesents an interview with George Cunningham who sees his role as creating a high profile for the library profession and fostering a love of books.
    Ex. The course gives information technology a very high profile.
    Ex. Before the launch of Penguin Books India in 1987, trade publishing in English in India did not have the high profile in bookstores it has today..
    Ex. In crisp, economical prose, the journal calmly brought attention to the nooks and crannies, and absurdities of university life, concerning itself with both the idiosyncratic and the profound.
    Ex. Reference librarians shouldy make a point of constantly reminding themselves that serving these needs is what they are doing.
    Ex. This article points to economically feasible and communication-based indexing methods which fit the potentials of current information technology.
    Ex. Even so, birds must balance the benefits of flashy feathers with the risks of making themselves conspicuous to sharp-eyed predators.
    Ex. If you spot an error then flag it up to your bank promptly and insist they take action to rectify it.
    Ex. Were we to allow ourselves to be enticed by it, we should be celebrating our Bicentennial by a return to the pre-Panizzi days in cataloging.
    Ex. Even now, hundreds of years after his death, his timepieces stand proud in historic buildings around the world.
    ----
    * es de resaltar que = significantly.
    * hacer resaltar = set off.
    * hacer resaltar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * instrumento para resaltar = spotlight.
    * modo de resaltar = spotlight.
    * resaltar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * resaltar la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * resaltar la importancia de = stress + the importance of, emphasise + the importance of, highlight + the importance of.
    * resaltar la necesidad = stress + the need.
    * resaltar la necesidad de = imprint + the need for.
    * resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) (sobresalir, destacarse) to stand out
    2)

    hacer resaltar — < color> to bring out; <importancia/necesidad> to highlight, stress

    2.
    resaltar vt <cualidad/rasgo> to highlight; <importancia/necesidad> to highlight, stress
    * * *
    = bring into + focus, bring out, conspicuousness, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], enhance, highlight, stress, underscore, illuminate, accentuate, heighten, play up, attract + attention, stand out, foreground, be to the fore, bring to + the fore, come to + the fore, give + highlights, spotlight, bring to + the forefront, point up, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, have + high profile, bring + attention to, make + a point of + Gerundio, point to, make + Reflexivo + conspicuous, flag + Nombre + up, celebrate, stand + proud.

    Ex: The current technological scene is reviewed to bring fee-related issues into sharper focus.

    Ex: These should be used to speed up our processing, but the important thing is that we bring out the essential parts of a work and give all the possible entries to identify the work.
    Ex: One of the most cited shortcomings of mobile advice centres, that their conspicuousness deters people from using them, does not seem to have been a problem.
    Ex: Analytical cataloguing aims to emphasise the content of documents, rather than relying entirely upon cataloguing whole works.
    Ex: An introduction explaining the nature and scope of the indexing language will enhance its value.
    Ex: In each case the object of the discussion will be to highlight what appear to be the significant aspects, particularly those concerning the background which affect the nature of the scheme.
    Ex: However, it must be stressed that these problems are still in the future.
    Ex: All I wanted to underscore with these four horror stories is that the judicious, discretionary assignment of added entries can either powerfully inhibit or promote access to the documents.
    Ex: This appraisal attempts to illuminate aspects of Irish library history omitted from international reference works.
    Ex: However, future trends may tend to accentuate this division.
    Ex: Automated support services have heightened the sense of interdependency between libraries and vendors.
    Ex: A long-standing but unfortunate tradition plays up antagonism between those librarians who become catalogers and those who opt for reference or public service.
    Ex: A few minutes spent with teacher and pupils talking about books conversationally in a by-the-way fashion serves the double purpose of preparing the right set of mind for reading while at the same time attracting attention to books that might be enjoyed.
    Ex: Three national library catalogues stand out as highly important sources of general bibliography.
    Ex: His survey of how such poetry has been edited in recent years, however, shows that a single edition is still foregrounded while other editions are only obliquely indicated via footnotes.
    Ex: Those countries which were already to the fore in science and technology certainly faced problems in the handling of information.
    Ex: Installation of new computer terminals may bring the problem to the fore.
    Ex: As this table shows, the age profile for all borrowers is very close to that of all adults in the country but when one looks at the more frequent users, the regular borrowers, the older people come more to the fore.
    Ex: This article gives highlights of a trade show on the applications of optical information systems in publishing organised by Learned Information and held in New York City, 15-17 Oct 86.
    Ex: This article spotlights the role that authority files play in promoting uniformity of cataloguing practice.
    Ex: This theft of valuable letters and documents brings to the forefront, once again, the question of collection security in the nation's archives.
    Ex: The obvious first line of defence is for librarians, agents and journal publishers to join forces to point up the decline in library provision.
    Ex: This article pesents an interview with George Cunningham who sees his role as creating a high profile for the library profession and fostering a love of books.
    Ex: The course gives information technology a very high profile.
    Ex: Before the launch of Penguin Books India in 1987, trade publishing in English in India did not have the high profile in bookstores it has today..
    Ex: In crisp, economical prose, the journal calmly brought attention to the nooks and crannies, and absurdities of university life, concerning itself with both the idiosyncratic and the profound.
    Ex: Reference librarians shouldy make a point of constantly reminding themselves that serving these needs is what they are doing.
    Ex: This article points to economically feasible and communication-based indexing methods which fit the potentials of current information technology.
    Ex: Even so, birds must balance the benefits of flashy feathers with the risks of making themselves conspicuous to sharp-eyed predators.
    Ex: If you spot an error then flag it up to your bank promptly and insist they take action to rectify it.
    Ex: Were we to allow ourselves to be enticed by it, we should be celebrating our Bicentennial by a return to the pre-Panizzi days in cataloging.
    Ex: Even now, hundreds of years after his death, his timepieces stand proud in historic buildings around the world.
    * es de resaltar que = significantly.
    * hacer resaltar = set off.
    * hacer resaltar las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * instrumento para resaltar = spotlight.
    * modo de resaltar = spotlight.
    * resaltar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * resaltar la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * resaltar la importancia de = stress + the importance of, emphasise + the importance of, highlight + the importance of.
    * resaltar la necesidad = stress + the need.
    * resaltar la necesidad de = imprint + the need for.
    * resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

    * * *
    resaltar [A1 ]
    vi
    A (sobresalir, destacarse) to stand out
    resaltaban sus grandes ojos negros the most striking thing about her was her big dark eyes
    B
    hacer resaltar ‹color› to bring out;
    ‹importancia/necesidad› to highlight, stress, emphasize
    ■ resaltar
    vt
    ‹cualidad/rasgo› to highlight; ‹importancia/necesidad› to highlight, stress, emphasize
    quiso resaltar que … he wanted to stress o emphasize (the fact) that …
    * * *

     

    resaltar ( conjugate resaltar) verbo intransitivo (sobresalir, destacarse) to stand out;


    ‹importancia/necesidad› to highlight, stress
    verbo transitivo ‹cualidad/importancia/necesidad› to highlight
    resaltar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (destacar) to stand out: resalta entre sus amigos por su sensatez, he stands out from his friends because of his good sense
    2 (en una construcción) to project, jut out: la nueva torre resalta entre las casas bajas, the new building stands out above the houses
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (realzar) to enhance, bring out: este vestido resalta tu figura, this dress shows off your figure
    2 (acentuar, hacer más visible) to emphasize: su inmadurez resalta la diferencia de edad, his immaturity accentuates the difference in age
    es preciso resaltar sus rasgos originales, we should stress her unusual features
    ' resaltar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    marcar
    - acentuar
    - pronunciar
    - sobresalir
    English:
    emphasize
    - set off
    - show off
    - show up
    - stick out
    - accentuate
    - bring
    - set
    - show
    - stand
    - stick
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [destacar] to stand out;
    resalta en el equipo por su velocidad he stands out as one of the fastest players in the team
    2. [en edificios] [cornisa, ventana] to stick out
    ♦ vt
    [destacar] to highlight;
    hacer resaltar algo to emphasize sth, to stress sth;
    el orador resaltó la contribución del difunto a la ciencia the speaker highlighted the contribution to science made by the deceased
    * * *
    I v/t highlight, stress
    II v/i ARQUI jut out; fig
    stand out
    * * *
    1) sobresalir: to stand out
    2)
    hacer resaltar : to bring out, to highlight
    : to stress, to emphasize
    * * *
    1. (sobresalir) to stand out [pt. & pp. stood]
    2. (hacer destacar) to bring out [pt. & pp. brought]
    3. (subrayar) to stress

    Spanish-English dictionary > resaltar

  • 4 with

    prep
    вказує на:
    1) зв'язок, узгодженість, сумісність, взаємність, відповідність з, за, у

    with the sun — за сонцем, за годинниковою стрілкою

    2) предмет дії або знаряддя, за допомогою якого відбувається дія; перекладається орудним відмінком

    to take smth. with both hands — взяти щось обома руками

    3) характер або характерну особливість дії, разом з іменником передається тж прислівником або дієприслівником

    with a smile — з посмішкою, посміхаючись

    4) причинний зв'язок, одночасність подій від, з
    5) особу, думку, про які йде мова з

    I think with you — я з вами згодний; я думаю так само, як і ви

    7) предмет занять, турбот, уваги з, для
    9) допустове значення незважаючи на

    with all his faults we liked him — незважаючи на всі його вади, ми любили його

    ◊ with regard to — щодо, з приводу

    ◊ with a few exceptions — за деякими винятками

    ◊ to begin with — насамперед, по-перше

    ◊ to be with child — бути вагітною

    ◊ it is pouring with rain — ллє як з відра

    ◊ I shall be with you! — я з тобою поквитаюся!

    ◊ what do you want with me? — що вам від мене потрібно?

    * * *
    I n, v
    [wip] = withe; n; v
    II [wip] prep

    to work (together) with smb — працювати ( разом) з ким-н.

    to go with the times — йти в ногу з часом; не відставати від часу

    your name was mentioned with others — серед інших імен було згадано, ваше

    side by side with smb — поруч /бік о бік/ з ким-н.

    he fought with the navy — він бився в рядах ВМС; взаємовідносини з

    with each other /one another/ — один з одним

    to talk with smb — розмовляти з ким-н.

    to make friends with smb — потоваришувати з ким-н.

    to be at odds with smb — не ладити /бути в поганих відносинах/ з ким-н.

    to mix with smb — спілкуватися з ким-н.; приєднання, зв'язок з

    the rent is five guineas a week with attendance — оплата за квартиру з послугами п'ять гіней на тиждень; перебування в домі у кого-н. у

    to stay with one's parents — жити у батьків; залишати кого-н. під чию-н. опіку у

    leave your key with the hotel clerk — залиште ключ у портьє; робота де-н. або у кого-н. в, у

    he worked with the firm for five years — він працював в цій фірмі п'ять років; змішування, поєднання, додавання (разом) з

    2) вказує на знаряддя, інструмент або спосіб виконання дії; передається оруд. відмінком

    to take smth with both hands — взяти що-н. обома руками; засіб на, за; передається оруд. відмінком

    to buy smth with money — купити що-н. за гроші

    to pay for smth with one's life — заплатити за що-н. своїм життям

    3) вказує на вміст або зміст чого-н. з; передається оруд. відмінком

    stuffed with straw — набитий соломою; матеріал, речовина, що покриває, оточує або прикрашає що-н.; передається оруд. відмінком

    a table with a white tablecloth — стіл, покритий білою скатеркою

    a house surrounded with trees — дім, оточений деревами

    4) вказує на характерну ознаку з; разом з іменником іноді передається складним означенням

    a man with white hair — сивий чоловік, чоловік із сивим волоссям; наявність чого-н. у кого-н. у, при; із ( собою)

    I have no money [no documents] with me — у мене із собою /при собі/ немає грошей [документів]

    5) вказує на характерну особливість дії з; разом з іменником передається прислівником або дієприслівником

    with a smile — з посмішкою, посміхаючись

    with pleasure [joy] — із задоволенням [з радістю]

    to speak with an accent [a stutter] — говорити з акцентом [заїкаючись]

    to walk with a limp — ходити шкутильгаючи handle with care! поводитися обережно! ( напис); супутні обставини або зовнішній вигляд предмета з; з наступними словами передається дієприслівниковим зворотом або частиною складного речення

    another ten minutes passed with no sign of John — пройшло ще десять хвилин, а Джон все ще не з'явився

    he sat with his head down — він сидів, опустивши голову

    with one's hat off — без капелюха, знявши капелюх; вiйcьк. звинувачений в злочині; особливості початку або закінчення чого-н. з; передається оруд. відмінком

    to begin with smth — почати з чого-н.

    to end with smth — закінчити чим-н.; додаткові обставини або моменти причому

    they were all late with him being the last — вони всі спізнилися, а він прийшов останнім; умови виконання дії в умовах, коли, при тому, що

    6) вказує на згоду з ким-н., чим-н. з

    to agree with smb — погоджуватися з ким-н.

    to side with smb — бути на чиїй-н. стороні

    I think with you — я думаю так само, як, ви, я з вами погоджуюся

    who is not with us is against us — хто не з нами, той проти нас; об'єкт дружелюбного, недружелюбного ставлення до; ( по відношенню) до

    to be patient with smb — бути терплячим з ким-н.

    to sympathize with smb — співчувати кому-н.

    to be angry with smb — сердитися на кого-н.

    to be in love with smb — кохати кого-н.; бути закоханим в кого-н.; змагання з ким-н.

    to compete with smb — змагатися з ким-н.; конкурувати з ким-н.; предмет заняття, турбот, уваги з, для

    this film is made with children in mind — цей фільм розрахований на дітей; особа, предмет, який знають, с яким знайомі з

    to be familiar with smth — ( добре) знати що-н.

    to be acquainted with smb — бути знайомим з ким-н.; предмет, який дарують або справа, яку доручають to entrust smb

    with smth — доручати що-н. кому-н.

    what has he presented her with — є що він їй подарувавє; особа, відповідальна за що-л

    this decision rests /lies/ with you — рішення залежить від вас

    a question that is always with us — питання, яке завжди стоїть перед нами; предмет емоційної або розумової оцінки; передається оруд. відмінком

    to be satisfied with smth — бути задоволеним чим-н.

    this skirt is identical with mine — в мене така сама спідниця; сумісність або співставність нарівні з

    8) вказує на причину, джерело чого-н. від, на

    to be ill with fever — хворіти на лихоманку; умова або підстава з, при

    with John away, we've got more room — тепер, коли Джон поїхав, в нас більше місця; одночасність явищ

    her hair became grey with the passing of the years — з роками її волосся посиділи; пропорційність

    his earnings increased with his power — з ростом його впливу зростали, його доходи

    11) вказує на особу, що володіє певними якостями, звичками, схильності у, для, з

    what's wrong with you — є що з тобоює, що з тобою трапилосяє

    away with him! — геть /гони/ його!

    with regard to, with reference to, with relation to, with respect to — що стосується, по відношенню; з приводу; відносно

    with the object of — з метою, для того, щоб

    to begin with — перш за все; по-перше

    what with... (and what with) — через

    close with, close in with — мop. близько, поруч

    with it = with-it — [ін. словосполучення див. під відповідними словами]

    English-Ukrainian dictionary > with

  • 5 ars

    ars, artis, f. [v. arma], skill in joining something, combining, working it, etc., with the advancement of Roman culture, carried entirely beyond the sphere of the common pursuits of life, into that of artistic and scientific action, just as, on the other hand, in mental cultivation, skill is applied to morals, designating character, manner of thinking, so far as it is made known by external actions (syn.: doctrina, sollertia, calliditas, prudentia, virtus, industria, ratio, via, dolus).
    I. A.
    Lit.:

    Zeno censet artis proprium esse creare et gignere,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 22, 57:

    quarum (artium) omne opus est in faciendo atque agendo,

    id. Ac. 2, 7, 22; id. Off. 2, 3, 12 sq.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    With the idea extended, any physical or mental activity, so far as it is practically exhibited; a profession, art ( music, poetry, medicine, etc.); acc. to Roman notions, the arts were either liberales or ingenuae artes, arts of freemen, the liberal arts; or artes illiberales or sordidae, the arts, employments, of slaves or the lower classes.
    a.
    In gen.:

    Eleus Hippias gloriatus est nihil esse ullā in arte rerum omnium, quod ipse nesciret: nec solum has artes, quibus liberales doctrinae atque ingenuae continerentur, geometriam, musicam, litterarum cognitionem et poëtarum, atque illa, quae de naturis rerum, quae de hominum moribus, quae de rebus publicis dicerentur, sed anulum, quem haberet, pallium, quo amictus, soccos, quibus indutus esset, se suā manu confecisse,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 127:

    Jam de artificiis et quaestibus, qui liberales habendi, qui sordidi sint, haec fere accepimus. Primum improbantur ii quaestus, qui in odia hominum incurrunt, ut portitorum, ut feneratorum. Illiberales autem et sordidi quaestus mercenariorum omniumque, quorum operae, non artes emuntur: est enim in illis ipsa merces auctoramentum servitutis... Opificesque omnes in sordidā arte versantur... Quibus autem artibus aut prudentia major inest aut non mediocris utilitas quaeritur, ut medicina, ut architectura, ut doctrina rerum honestarum, hae sunt iis, quorum ordini conveniunt, honestae,

    Cic. Off. 1, 42, 150 sq.; cf. id. Fam. 4, 3:

    artes elegantes,

    id. Fin. 3, 2, 4:

    laudatae,

    id. de Or. 1, 3, 9:

    bonae,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 7, 32:

    optimae,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 34, 111:

    magnae,

    id. Or. 1, 4:

    maximae,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    gravissimae,

    id. Fin. 2, 34, 112:

    leviores artes,

    id. Brut. 1, 3:

    mediocres,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    omnis artifex omnis artis,

    Vulg. Apoc. 18, 22:

    artifices omnium artium,

    ib. 1 Par. 22, 15.—
    b.
    Esp., of a single art, and,
    (α).
    With an adj. designating it:

    ars gymnastica,

    gymnastics, Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 73:

    ars duellica,

    the art of war, id. Ep. 3, 4, 14:

    ars imperatoria,

    generalship, Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    (artes) militares et imperatoriae,

    Liv. 25, 9, 12:

    artes civiles,

    politics, Tac. Agr. 29:

    artes urbanae,

    i. e. jurisprudence and eloquence, Liv. 9, 42:

    ars grammatica,

    grammar, Plin. 7, 39, 40, § 128:

    rhetorica,

    Quint. 2, 17, 4:

    musica,

    poetry, Ter. Hec. prol. 23:

    musica,

    music, Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 93:

    medicae artes,

    the healing art, medicine, Ov. H. 5, 145; so,

    ars Apollinea,

    id. Tr. 3, 3, 10:

    magica,

    Verg. A. 4, 493, and Vulg. Sap. 17, 7; so,

    maleficis artibus inserviebat,

    he used witchcraft, ib. 2 Par. 33, 6 al.—
    (β).
    With a gen. designating it:

    ars disserendi,

    dialectics, Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:

    ars dicendi,

    the art of speaking, id. ib. 1, 23, 107, and Quint. 2, 17, 17; so,

    ars eloquentiae,

    id. 2, 11, 4:

    ars medendi,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 735:

    ars medentium,

    Stat. S. 5, 1, 158:

    medicorum ars,

    Vulg. 1 Par. 16, 12:

    pigmentariorum ars,

    the art of unguents, ib. 2 Par. 16, 4:

    ars armorum,

    the art of war, Quint. 2, 17, 33:

    ars pugnae,

    Vulg. Judith, 5, 27; so in plur.:

    belli artes,

    Liv. 25, 40, 5:

    ars gubernandi,

    navigation, Cic. Div. 1, 14, 24; Quint. 2, 17, 33; so,

    ars gubernatoris,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 13, 42.—Sometimes the kind of art may be distinguished by the connection, so that ars is used absol. of a particular art:

    instruere Atriden num potes arte meā? i. e. arte sagittandi,

    Ov. H. 16, 364:

    tunc ego sim Inachio notior arte Lino, i. e. arte canendi,

    Prop. 3, 4, 8:

    fert ingens a puppe Notus: nunc arte (sc. navigandi) relictā Ingemit,

    Stat. Th. 3, 29; so Luc. 7, 126; Sil. 4, 715:

    imus ad insignes Urbis ab arte (sc. rhetoricā) viros,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 16:

    ejusdem erat artis, i. e. artis scaenofactoriae,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 3.—
    2.
    Science, knowledge:

    quis ignorat, ii, qui mathematici vocantur, quantā in obscuritate rerum et quam reconditā in arte et multiplici subtilique versentur,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 10:

    nam si ars ita definitur, ex rebus penitus perspectis planeque cognitis atque ab opinionis arbitrio sejunctis, scientiāque comprehensis, non mihi videtur ars oratoris esse ulla,

    id. ib. 1, 23, 108: nihil est quod ad artem redigi possit, nisi ille prius, qui illa tenet. quorum artem instituere vult, habeat illam scientiam (sc. dialecticam), ut ex iis rebus, quarum ars nondum sit, artem efficere possit, id. ib. 1, 41, 186:

    ars juris civilis,

    id. ib. 1, 42, 190:

    (Antiochus) negabat ullam esse artem, quae ipsa a se proficisceretur. Etenim semper illud extra est, quod arte comprehenditur... Est enim perspicuum nullam artem ipsam in se versari, sed esse aliud artem ipsam, aliud, quod propositum sit arti,

    id. Fin. 5, 6, 16; id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 9; id. Cael. 30, 72; id. Or. 1, 4:

    vir bonus optimisque artibus eruditus,

    Nep. Att. 12, 4: ingenium docile, come, ap-tum ad artes optimas, id. Dion, 1, 2 al.—
    C. 1.
    The theory of any art or science: ars est praeceptio, quae dat certam viam rationemque faciendi aliquid, Auct. ad Her. 1, 1;

    Asper, p. 1725 P.: non omnia, quaecumque loquimur, mihi videntur ad artem et ad praecepta esse revocanda,

    not every thing is to be traced back to theory and rules, Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 44: res mihi videtur esse facultate ( in practice) praeclara, arte ( in theory) mediocris;

    ars enim earum rerum est, quae sciuntur: oratoris autem omnis actio opinionibus, non scientiā continetur,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 30; id. Ac. 2, 7, 22.—In later Lat. ars is used,
    a.
    Absol. for grammatical analysis, grammar:

    curru non, ut quidam putant, pro currui posuit, nec est apocope: sed ratio artis antiquae, etc.,

    Serv. ad Verg. A. 1, 156; 1, 95: et hoc est artis, ut (vulgus) masculino utamur, quia omnia Latina nomina in us exeuntia, si neutra fuerint, tertiae sunt declinationis, etc., id. ad eund. ib. 1, 149: secundum artem dicamus honor, arbor, lepor: plerumque poëtae r in s mutant, id. ad eund. ib. 1, 153 al.—Hence also,
    b.
    As a title of books in which such theories are discussed, for rhetorical and, at a later period, for grammatical treatises.
    (α).
    Rhetorical:

    quam multa non solum praecepta in artibus, sed etiam exempla in orationibus bene dicendi reliquerunt!

    Cic. Fin. 4, 3, 5:

    ipsae rhetorum artes, quae sunt totae forenses atque populares,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 4: neque eo dico, quod ejus (Hermagorae) ars mihi mendosissime scripta videatur; nam satis in eā videtur ex antiquis artibus ( from the ancient works on rhetoric) ingeniose et diligenter electas res collocāsse, id. Inv. 1, 6 fin.:

    illi verbis et artibus aluerunt naturae principia, hi autem institutis et legibus,

    id. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    artem scindens Theodori,

    Juv. 7, 177.—
    (β).
    Grammar:

    in artibus legimus superlativum gradum non nisi genitivo plurali jungi,

    Serv. ad Verg. A. 1, 96: ut in artibus lectum est, id. ad eund. ib. 1, 535.—So Ars, as the title of the later Lat. grammars: Donati Ars Grammatica, Cledonii Ars, Marii Victorini Ars, etc.; v. the grammarians in Gothofred., Putsch., Lindem., Keil.—
    2.
    The knowledge, art, skill, workmanship, employed in effecting or working upon an object (Fr. adresse):

    majore quādam opus est vel arte vel diligentiā,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 14 fin.:

    et tripodas septem pondere et arte pares,

    Ov. H. 3, 32: qui canit arte, canat;

    qui bibit arte, bibat,

    id. A. A. 2, 506:

    arte laboratae vestes,

    Verg. A. 1, 639:

    plausus tunc arte carebat,

    was void of art, was natural, unaffected, Ov. A. A. 1, 113.—
    3.
    (Concr.) The object artistically formed, a work of art:

    clipeum efferri jussit Didymaonis artis,

    Verg. A. 5, 359:

    divite me scilicet artium, Quas aut Parrhasius protulit aut Scopas,

    Hor. C. 4, 8, 5; id. Ep. 1, 6, 17.—
    4.
    Artes (personified), the Muses:

    artium chorus,

    Phaedr. 3, prol. 19.—
    II.
    Transf. from mind to morals, the moral character of a man, so far as it is made known by actions, conduct, manner of acting, habit, practice, whether good or bad:

    si in te aegrotant artes antiquae tuae,

    your former manner of life, conduct, Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 35; cf. Hor. C. 4, 15, 12; Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 6 Lind.:

    nempe tuā arte viginti minae Pro psaltriā periere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 24:

    quid est, Quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    my assiduity, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Hac arte (i. e. constantiā, perseverantiā) Pollux et vagus Hercules Enisus arces attigit igneas,

    Hor. C. 3, 3, 9:

    multae sunt artes (i. e. virtutes) eximiae, hujus administrae comitesque virtutis (sc. imperatoris),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 13; id. Fin. 2, 34, 115; id. Verr. 2, 4, 37 Zumpt:

    nam imperium facile his artibus retinetur, quibus initio partum est,

    Sall. C. 2, 4 Kritz; so id. ib. 5, 7:

    cultusque artesque virorum,

    Ov. M. 7, 58:

    mores quoque confer et artes,

    id. R. Am. 713: praeclari facinoris aut artis [p. 167] bonae famam quaerere, Sall. C. 2, 9; so id. ib. 10, 4:

    animus insolens malarum artium,

    id. ib. 3, 4; so Tac. A. 14, 57.—Hence also, absol. in mal. part. as in Gr. technê for cunning, artifice, fraud, stratagem:

    haec arte tractabat virum,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 125 (cf. Ov. H. 17, 142):

    capti eādem arte sunt, quā ceperant Fabios,

    Liv. 2, 51; 3, 35:

    at Cytherea novas artes, nova pectore versat Consilia,

    Verg. A. 1, 657; so id. ib. 7, 477:

    ille dolis instructus et arte Pelasgā,

    id. ib. 2, 152:

    talibus insidiis perjurique arte Sinonis Credita res, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 195:

    fraudes innectere ponto Antiquā parat arte,

    Luc. 4, 449:

    tantum illi vel ingenii vel artis vel fortunae superfuit,

    Suet. Tit. 1:

    fugam arte simulantes,

    Vulg. Jud. 20, 32: regem summis artibus pellexit, pasêi mêchanêi, Suet. Vit. 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ars

  • 6 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 7 with

    wɪð предл.
    1) а) указывает на связь, совместность с, вместе с to work with smb. ≈ работать вместе с кам-л. б) указывает на взаимоотношения, согласованность во взглядах с with each other ≈ друг с другом в) указывает на пребывание в чьем-л. доме у to stay with parents ≈ жить у родителей г) указывает на нахождение на чьем-л. попечении у Leave the child with me! ≈ Оставьте ребенка у меня!
    2) а) указывает на орудие, с помощью которого совершается действие, или же способ совершения действия to hit with a rock ≈ ударить камнем б) указывает на средство на, за to buy with money ≈ купить за деньги
    3) указывает на причину, источник чего-л. от, из-за to tremble with cold ≈ дрожать от холода
    4) а) указывает на характерный признак a house with a garden ≈ дом с садом б) указывает на характерную особенность действия with a smile ≈ с улыбкой в) указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию г) указывает на дополнительные обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию причем They were all late with him being the last. ≈ Все опоздали, причнм он был последним.
    5) указывает на лицо, по отношению к которому совершается действие у, касательно, с(о) It is different with me. ≈ Со мной дела обстоят иначе.
    6) несмотря на with all his faults ≈ несмотря на его недостатки
    7) указывает на объект отношения, на соревнование с кем-л., предмет занятий с He was concerned with English. ≈ Он занимался английским языком. to compete with smb. ≈ конкурировать с кем-л. ∙ with child away with him! be with it get with it жгут из прутьев, вица ивовый прут, хлыст, розга;
    лоза (диалектизм) ива( диалектизм) (американизм) вязать вицами, жгутами из ивняка (диалектизм) (американизм) скручивать( лозу, прутья) в вицы, жгуты указывает на совместность (часто together *): (вместе) с - to work( together) * smb. работать (вместе) с кем-л. - to go * the times идти в ногу со временем;
    не отставать от времени - she came * two daughters она пришла с двумя дочерьми - in company * вместе с - your name was mentioned * others среди других имен было упомянуто и ваше - he bought the chairs( together) * the table он купил стулья вместе со столом - side by side * smb. рядом /бок о бок/ с кем-л. - Great Britain fought * France Великобритания воевала на стороне Франции - he fought * the navy он сражался в рядах ВМС указывает на взаимоотношение: с - * each other /one another/ друг с другом - to talk * smb. разговаривать с кем-л. - to make friends * smb. подружиться с кем-л. - to quarrel * smb. ссориться с кем-л. - to fight * smb. бороться с кем-л. /против кого-л./ - to break * one's family порвать со своей семьей - to be at odds * smb. не ладить /быть в плохих отношениях/ - to mix * smb. общаться с кем-л. - he did not like to mix * such people он не любил встречаться с такими людьми /находиться в обществе таких людей/ указывает на присоединение, связь: с - the rent is five guineas a week * attendance плата за квартиру с услугами пять гиней в неделю указывает на пребывание в доме у кого-л.: у - to stay * one's parents жить у родителей - to have a dinner * a friend пообедать у приятеля указывает на оставление кого-л. на чье-л. попечение: у - leave the child * me оставьте ребенка у меня - leave your key * the hotel clerk оставьте ключ у портье указывает на работу где-л. или у кого-л.: в, у - he signs * a string quartet он поет со струнным квартетом - he worked * the firm for five years он работал в этой фирме пять лет указывает на смешивание, сочетание, добавление: (вместе) с - mix it * water смешай это с водой - do you want sugar * your tea? вы будете пить чай с сахаром? указывает на включение в группу, класс и т. п.: с, к - the whale is sometimes mistakenly included * the fishes кита иногда ошибочно относят к рыбам указывает на орудие, инструмент или способ совершения действия;
    передается твор. падежом - to hit * a rock ударить камнем - to light a hall * candles осветить зал свечами - to take smth. * both hands взять что-л. обеими руками - I saw it * my own eyes я видел это собственными глазами указывает на средство: на, за;
    передается тж. твор. падежом - to buy smth. * money купить что-л. за деньги - to pay for smth. * one's life заплатить за что-л. своей жизнью - to treat * a serum вводить сыворотку указывает на содержимое или содержание чего-л.: с;
    передается тж. твор. падежом - to load a ship * coal грузить судно углем - stuffed * straw набитый соломой - a telegram * bad news телеграмма с плохой вестью указывает на материал, вещество и т. п., покрывающие, окружающие или украшающие что-л.;
    передается твор. падежом - a table * a white tablecloth стол, покрытый белой скатертью - decorated * flowers украшенный цветами - covered * snow покрытый снегом - the room was hung * pictures комната была увешана картинами - a house surrounded * trees дом, окруженный деревьями указывает на характерный признак: с;
    вместе с существительным передается иногда сложным прилагательным - a house * a red roof дом с красной крышей - a room * a bath комната с ванной - a man * white hair седоволосый человек, человек с седыми волосами указывает на наличие чего-л. у кого-л.: у, при, с (собой) - I have no money * me у меня с собой /при себе/ нет денег - he came * all his luggage он приехал со всеми вещами - he always carries a stick * him он всегда ходит с палкой - he came home * a headache он пришел домой с головной болью указывает на характерную особенность действия: с;
    вместе с существительным передается тж. наречием или деепричастием - * a smile с улыбкой, улыбаясь - * a laugh со смехом, смеясь - * pleasure с удовольствием - to speak * an accent говорить с акцентом - to walk * a limp ходить прихрамывая - to receive smb. * open arms встретить кого-л. с распростертыми объятиями - handle * care! обращаться осторожно! (надпись) - he looked at his work * a critical eye он отнесся к своей работе критически указывает на сопутствующие обстоятельства или внешний вид предмета: с;
    с последующими словами передается тж. деепричастным оборотом или частью сложного предложения - another ten minutes passed * no sign of John прошло еще десять минут, а Джон все не появлялся - he sat * his head down он сидел опустив голову - * one's hat off без шляпы, сняв шляпу;
    (военное) (разговорное) обвиняемый в преступлении указывает на особенности начала или окончания чего-л.: с;
    передается тж. твор. падежом - to begin * smth. начать с чего-л. - to end * smth. кончить чем-л. - "meat" begins * "m" (слово) "meat" начинается с "m" - we may close the history of this movement * the seventeenth century можно считать, что история этого движения заканчивается семнадцатым веком указывает на дополнительные обстоятельства или моменты: причем - they were all late * him being the last все они опоздали, а он пришел последним указывает на условия совершения действия: в условиях, когда, при том, что - * unemployment rising no economic growth is possible в условиях роста безработицы экономический рост невозможен - * major crimes mounting yearly, the federal government does little about it число серьезных преступлений ежегодно растет, а правительство не принимает эффективных мер указывает на согласие с кем-л., чем-л.: с - to agree * smb. соглашаться с кем-л. - to side * smb. быть на чьей-л. стороне;
    встать на чью-л. сторону - I think * you я думаю так же, как и вы, я с вами согласен, я присоединяюсь к вашему мнению - who is not * us is against us кто не с нами, тот против нас указывает на объект дружелюбного, недружелюбного и т. п. отношения: с;
    (по отношению) к - to be patient * smb. быть терпеливым с кем-л. - to sympathize * smb. сочувствовать кому-л. - to be angry * smb. сердиться на кого-л. - to be in love * smb. любить кого-л.;
    быть влюбленным в кого-л. указывает на соревнование с кем-л. - to compete * smb. соперничать /состязаться/ с кем-л.;
    конкурировать с кем-л. указывает на предмет занятий, забот, внимания: с, для - he was concerned * English poetry он занимался английской поэзией - he had trouble * his luggage у него были неприятности с багажом - this film is made * children in mind этот фильм рассчитан на детей - this treatment has worked wonders * him это лечение оказалось чудодейственным для него - we can do nothing * him мы ничего не можем сделать с ним указывает на лицо, предмет, который знают, с которым знакомы: с - to be familiar * smth. (хорошо) знать что-л. - to be acquainted * smb. быть знакомым с кем-л. указывает на предмет, который дарят, или дело, которое поручают - to entrust smb. * smth. поручать что-л. кому-л. - what has he presented her *? что он ей подарил? указывает на лицо, ответственное за что-л. - this decision rests /lies/ * you решение зависит от вас - a question that is always * us вопрос, который всегда стоит перед нами указывает на предмет эмоциональной или умственной оценки;
    часто передается твор. падежом - to be satisfied * smth. быть довольным чем-л. - we are pleased * the house нам нравится дом указывает на сравнение: с - to compare one thing * another сравнивать один предмет с другим - in comparison * в сравнении с, по сравнению с - not to be compared * несравнимый с, не идущий в сравнение с - this skirt is identical * mine у меня такая же юбка, как эта указывает на совместимость или сопоставимость: наравне с - to match a hat * a coat подобрать шляпу под пальто - he can work * the best он может работать наравне с лучшими - does red go * green? сочетается ли красный цвет с зеленым? указывает на причину, источник чего-л.: от, из-за - to tremble * fear дрожать от страха - to be ill * fever болеть лихорадкой - he was bent * age годы согнули его указывает на условие или основание: с, при - such mistakes would be impossible * a careful secretary такие ошибки были бы невозможны при хорошем секретаре - * his intelligence he will easily understand that человеку с его умом это легко понять - * your permission с вашего разрешения - * your consent с вашего согласия указывает на одновременность событий при их причинной связи: с - * his death the work came to an end с его смертью работа прекратилась - * John away, we've got more room теперь, когда Джон уехал, у нас больше места указывает на одновременность явлений - her hair became grey * the passing of the years с годами ее волосы поседели указывает на пропорциональность - the pressure varies * the depth давление меняется в зависимости от глубины - his earnings increased * his power с ростом его влияния возрастали и его доходы указывает на движение в том же направлении: по - to go * the tide плыть по течению - * the sun по часовой стрелке - * the wind по ветру, с попутным ветром указывает на лицо, имеющее какие-л. качества, привычки, склонности и т. п.: у, для, с - as is usual * him как это с ним обычно бывает - * him it's all a matter of money у него самое главное - деньги - he has such an honest way * him он умеет внушить доверие что касается - it is different * me со мной дело обстоит иначе - it is holiday time * us у нас сейчас каникулы - be careful * that glass будь осторожен со стеклом - what's wrong * you? что с тобой?, что у тебя случилось? - what do you want * me? что вам от меня нужно? - there's a difficulty * this new timetable в связи с этим новым расписанием возникают известные трудности - I no longer have any influence * him я уже не имею на него никакого влияния имеет уступительное значение (обычно * all) несмотря на - * all his faults we liked him несмотря на все его недостатки, мы любили его с наречиями направления образует побудительные предложения - away * him! вон /гони/ его! - away * it! уберите это! - down * the door! взломайте дверь! - off * you! марш отсюда! в сочетаниях - * regard to, * reference to, * relation to, * respect to что касается, в отношении;
    по поводу;
    относительно - * the object of с целью, (для того) чтобы - * this с этими словами, с этим - * that после чего - * the exception за исключением - * a few exceptions за немногими исключениями - to begin * прежде всего;
    во-первых - * kind regards с приветом (в письмах) - * one accord единодушно - to be * child быть беременной - it is pouring * rain льет как из ведра - what *... (and what *) из-за - what * the darkness and what * the fright he did not notice much из-за темноты и страха он мало что заметил - close *, close in * (морское) близко, рядом - some dark object close in * the land какой-то темный предмет около берега accord ~ соответствовать accordant ~ согласный accordant ~ соответственный according ~ в соответствии с according ~ согласно ~ prep указывает на предмет действия или орудие, с помощью которого совершается действие;
    передается тв. падежом: to adorn with flowers украшать цветами affiliate ~ присоединяться associate ~ общаться away ~ him! вон его!;
    to be (или to get) with it разг. идти в ногу с модой bank ~ вести дела с банком bank ~ держать деньги в банке bank ~ класть деньги в банк to be honest ~ oneself быть честным перед самим собой;
    be patient with them проявите терпение по отношению к ним to be honest ~ oneself быть честным перед самим собой;
    be patient with them проявите терпение по отношению к ним away ~ him! вон его!;
    to be (или to get) with it разг. идти в ногу с модой burdened ~ обремененный communicate ~ общаться communicate ~ поддерживать связь compete ~ конкурировать compete ~ соревноваться compliance ~ согласие comply ~ исполнять comply ~ повиноваться comply ~ подчиняться comply ~ удовлетворять confer ~ советоваться contract ~ заключать контракт ~ a pencil карандашом;
    to cut with a knife резать ножом deal ~ быть клиентом deal ~ вести процесс deal ~ заниматься deal ~ иметь дело deal ~ иметь дело с deal ~ обращаться с deal ~ справляться с deal ~ сталкиваться с ~ prep указывает на причину от, из-за;
    to die with pneumonia умереть от воспаления легких familiar ~ знающий familiar ~ осведомленный familiar ~ хорошо знакомый group ~ сочетаться to mix ~ the crowd смешаться с толпой;
    to grow wiser with age становиться умнее с годами he came ~ his brother он пришел вместе с братом;
    to deal (with smb.) иметь дело (с кем-л.) her flat was gay ~ flowers цветы оживляли ее квартиру I am entirely ~ you in this в этом вопросе я с вами полностью согласен;
    to rise with the sun вставать на зорьке, вместе с солнцем it is holiday time ~ us у нас каникулы;
    things are different with me со мной дело обстоит иначе make acquainted ~ ознакомиться to mix ~ the crowd смешаться с толпой;
    to grow wiser with age становиться умнее с годами occupy oneself ~ заниматься pari passu ~ наравне с rank alongside ~ быть в одной категории с rank ~ иметь то же значение, что и rank ~ относиться к определенной категории reckon ~ принимать во внимание reckon ~ считаться rest ~ возлагать ответственность sympathize ~ симпатизировать tamper ~ заниматься поверхностно tamper ~ искажать tamper ~ оказывать тайное давление tamper ~ подделывать tamper ~ подкупать tamper ~ портить tamper ~ фальсифицировать it is holiday time ~ us у нас каникулы;
    things are different with me со мной дело обстоит иначе with pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением назад;
    to withdraw отдергивать ~ prep несмотря на;
    with all his gifts he failed несмотря на все свои таланты, он не имел успеха;
    with child беременная ~ pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением против;
    to withstand противостоять, сопротивляться ~ prep указывает на лицо, по отношению к которому совершается действие у, касательно, с(о) ~ prep указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию: with care с осторожностью;
    with thanks с благодарностью ~ prep указывает на предмет действия или орудие, с помощью которого совершается действие;
    передается тв. падежом: to adorn with flowers украшать цветами ~ prep указывает на причину от, из-за;
    to die with pneumonia умереть от воспаления легких ~ prep указывает на связь, совместность, согласованность во взглядах, пропорциональность ~ prep указывает на наличие (чего-л.), характерный признак: with no hat on без шляпы;
    with blue eyes с голубыми глазами ~ a pencil карандашом;
    to cut with a knife резать ножом ~ prep несмотря на;
    with all his gifts he failed несмотря на все свои таланты, он не имел успеха;
    with child беременная ~ prep указывает на наличие (чего-л.), характерный признак: with no hat on без шляпы;
    with blue eyes с голубыми глазами ~ prep указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию: with care с осторожностью;
    with thanks с благодарностью ~ prep несмотря на;
    with all his gifts he failed несмотря на все свои таланты, он не имел успеха;
    with child беременная ~ prep указывает на наличие (чего-л.), характерный признак: with no hat on без шляпы;
    with blue eyes с голубыми глазами ~ or without с содержанием или без ~ prep указывает на обстоятельства, сопутствующие действию: with care с осторожностью;
    with thanks с благодарностью with pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением назад;
    to withdraw отдергивать withdraw: withdraw аннулировать ~ брать назад;
    withdraw! возьмите назад свои слова!;
    to withdraw a privilege лишать привилегии ~ брать назад;
    withdraw! возьмите назад свои слова!;
    to withdraw a privilege лишать привилегии ~ брать назад ~ выходить из состава ~ забирать;
    отзывать;
    отводить (войска) ;
    to withdraw a boy from school взять мальчика из школы ~ извлекать;
    to withdraw a cigarette out of one's case извлечь сигарету из портсигара ~ изымать( монету из обращения) ~ изымать ~ (withdrew;
    withdrawn) отдергивать;
    to withdraw one's hand отдернуть руку ~ отзывать ~ отказываться ~ отменять ~ прекращать ~ снимать со счета ~ уходить, удаляться, ретироваться ~ pref прибавляется к глаголам со значением против;
    to withstand противостоять, сопротивляться withstand: withstand (withstood) противостоять, выдержать ~ (обыкн. поэт.) сопротивляться

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > with

  • 8 with

    I
    1. [wıð] = withe I и II
    2. [wıð] = withe I и II
    II [wıð] prep
    1) совместность ( часто together with) (вместе) с

    to work (together) with smb. - работать (вместе) с кем-л.

    to go with the times - идти в ногу со временем; не отставать от времени

    your name was mentioned with others - среди других имён было упомянуто и ваше

    he bought the chairs (together) with the table - он купил стулья вместе со столом

    side by side with smb. - рядом /бок о бок/ с кем-л.

    Great Britain fought with France - Великобритания воевала на стороне Франции

    with each other /one another/ - друг с другом

    to talk with smb. - разговаривать с кем-л.

    to make friends with smb. - подружиться с кем-л.

    to quarrel [to argue] with smb. - ссориться [спорить] с кем-л.

    to fight with smb. - бороться с кем-л. /против кого-л./

    to be at odds with smb. - не ладить /быть в плохих отношениях/ с кем-л.

    to mix with smb. - общаться с кем-л.

    he did not like to mix with such people - он не любил встречаться с такими людьми /находиться в обществе таких людей/

    3) присоединение, связь с

    the rent is five guineas a week with attendance - плата за квартиру с услугами пять гиней в неделю

    4) пребывание в доме у кого-л. у
    5) оставление кого-л. на чьё-л. попечение у
    6) работу где-л. или у кого-л. в, у
    7) смешивание, сочетание, добавление (вместе) с

    do you want sugar with your tea? - вы будете пить чай с сахаром?

    8) включение в группу, класс и т. п. с, к

    the whale is sometimes mistakenly included with the fishes - кита иногда ошибочно относят к рыбам

    1) орудие, инструмент или способ совершения действия; передаётся твор. падежом:

    to take smth. with both hands - взять что-л. обеими руками

    2) средство на, за; передаётся тж. твор. падежом

    to buy smth. with money - купить что-л. за деньги

    to pay for smth. with one's life - заплатить за что-л. своей жизнью

    1) содержимое или содержание чего-л. с; передаётся тж. твор. падежом

    to load a ship with coal - грузить судно углём /углем/

    2) материал, вещество и т. п., покрывающие, окружающие или украшающие что-л.; передаётся твор. падежом:

    a table with a white tablecloth - стол, покрытый белой скатертью

    a house surrounded with trees - дом, окружённый деревьями

    a man with white hair - седоволосый человек, человек с седыми волосами

    2) наличие чего-л. и кого-л. у, при; с (собой)

    I have no money [no documents] with me - у меня с собой /при себе/ нет денег [документов]

    5. указывает. на
    1) характерную особенность действия с; вместе с существительным передаётся тж. наречием или деепричастием

    with a smile - с улыбкой, улыбаясь

    with a laugh - со смехом, смеясь

    with pleasure [joy] - с удовольствием [с радостью]

    to speak with an accent [a stutter] - говорить с акцентом [заикаясь]

    to receive smb. with open arms - встретить кого-л. с распростёртыми объятиями

    he looked at his work with a critical eye - он отнёсся к своей работе критически

    2) сопутствующие обстоятельства или внешний вид предмета с; с последующими словами передаётся тж. деепричастным оборотом или частью сложного предложения

    another ten minutes passed with no sign of John - прошло ещё десять минут, а Джон все не появлялся

    with one's hat off - а) без шляпы, сняв шляпу; б) воен. разг. обвиняемый в преступлении

    3) особенности начала или окончания чего-л. с; передаётся тж. твор. падежом

    to begin with smth. - начать с чего-л.

    to end with smth. - кончить чем-л.

    ❝meat❞ begins with❝m❞ - (слово) meat начинается с m

    we may close the history of this movement with the seventeenth century - можно считать, что история этого движения заканчивается семнадцатым веком

    they were all late with him being the last - все они опоздали, а он пришёл последним

    5) условия совершения действия в условиях, когда, при том, что

    with unemployment rising no economic growth is possible - в условиях роста безработицы экономический рост невозможен

    with major crimes mounting yearly, the federal government does little about it - число серьёзных преступлений ежегодно растёт, а правительство не принимает эффективных мер

    1) согласие с кем-л., чем-л. с

    to agree with smb. - соглашаться с кем-л.

    to side with smb. - быть на чьей-л. стороне; встать на чью-л. сторону

    I think with you - я думаю так же, как и вы, я с вами согласен, я присоединяюсь к вашему мнению

    who is not with us is against us - кто не с нами, тот против нас

    2) объект дружелюбного, недружелюбного и т. п. отношения с; (по отношению) к

    to be patient with smb. - быть терпеливым с кем-л.

    to sympathize with smb. - сочувствовать кому-л.

    to be angry with smb. - сердиться на кого-л.

    to be in love with smb. - любить кого-л.; быть влюблённым в кого-л.

    3) соревнование с кем-л.

    to compete with smb. - соперничать /состязаться/ с кем-л.; конкурировать с кем-л.

    4) предмет занятий, забот, внимания с, для

    this treatment has worked wonders with him - это лечение оказалось чудодейственным для него

    5) лицо, предмет, который знают, с которым знакомы с

    to be familiar with smth. - (хорошо) знать что-л.

    to be acquainted with smb. - быть знакомым с кем-л.

    6) предмет, который дарят, или дело, которое поручают:

    to entrust smb. with smth. - поручать что-л. кому-л.

    what has he presented her with? - что он ей подарил?

    7) лицо, ответственное за что-л.:

    this decision rests /lies/ with you - решение зависит от вас

    a question that is always with us - вопрос, который всегда стоит перед нами

    8) предмет эмоциональной или умственной оценки; часто передаётся твор. падежом:

    to be satisfied with smth. - быть довольным чем-л.

    in comparison with - в сравнении с, по сравнению с

    not to be compared with - несравнимый с, не идущий в сравнение с

    this skirt is identical with mine - у меня такая же юбка, как эта

    does red go with green? - сочетается ли красный цвет с зелёным?

    1) причину, источник чего-л. от, из-за

    such mistakes would be impossible with a careful secretary - такие ошибки были бы невозможны при хорошем секретаре

    with his intelligence he will easily understand that - человеку с его умом это легко понять

    with his death the work came to an end - с его смертью работа прекратилась

    with John away, we've got more room - теперь, когда Джон уехал, у нас больше места

    her hair became grey with the passing of the years - с годами её волосы поседели

    the pressure varies with the depth - давление меняется в зависимости от глубины

    his earnings increased with his power - с ростом его влияния возрастали и его доходы

    with the wind - по ветру, с попутным ветром

    11. указывает на лицо, имеющее какие-л. качества, привычки, склонности и т. п. у, для, с
    12. что касается

    what's wrong with you? - что с тобой?, что у тебя случилось?

    what do you want with me? - что вам от меня нужно?

    there's a difficulty with this new timetable - в связи с этим новым расписанием возникают известные трудности

    I no longer have any influence with him - я уже не имею на него никакого влияния

    with all his faults we liked him - несмотря на все его недостатки мы любили его

    away with him! - вон /гони/ его!

    away with it! - уберите это!

    down with the door! - взломайте дверь!

    off with you! - марш отсюда!

    with regard to, with reference to, with relation to, with respect to - что касается, в отношении; по поводу; относительно

    with the object of - с целью, (для того), чтобы

    with this - с этими словами, с этим

    with that - а) после чего; б) = with this

    to begin with - прежде всего; во-первых

    what with... (and what with) - из-за

    what with the darkness and what with the fright he did not notice much - из-за темноты и страха он мало что заметил

    close with, close in with - мор. близко, рядом

    some dark object close in with the land - какой-то тёмный предмет около берега

    with it = with-it

    др. сочетания см. под соответствующими словами

    НБАРС > with

  • 9 with

    I
    1. [wıð] = withe I и II
    2. [wıð] = withe I и II
    II [wıð] prep
    1) совместность ( часто together with) (вместе) с

    to work (together) with smb. - работать (вместе) с кем-л.

    to go with the times - идти в ногу со временем; не отставать от времени

    your name was mentioned with others - среди других имён было упомянуто и ваше

    he bought the chairs (together) with the table - он купил стулья вместе со столом

    side by side with smb. - рядом /бок о бок/ с кем-л.

    Great Britain fought with France - Великобритания воевала на стороне Франции

    with each other /one another/ - друг с другом

    to talk with smb. - разговаривать с кем-л.

    to make friends with smb. - подружиться с кем-л.

    to quarrel [to argue] with smb. - ссориться [спорить] с кем-л.

    to fight with smb. - бороться с кем-л. /против кого-л./

    to be at odds with smb. - не ладить /быть в плохих отношениях/ с кем-л.

    to mix with smb. - общаться с кем-л.

    he did not like to mix with such people - он не любил встречаться с такими людьми /находиться в обществе таких людей/

    3) присоединение, связь с

    the rent is five guineas a week with attendance - плата за квартиру с услугами пять гиней в неделю

    4) пребывание в доме у кого-л. у
    5) оставление кого-л. на чьё-л. попечение у
    6) работу где-л. или у кого-л. в, у
    7) смешивание, сочетание, добавление (вместе) с

    do you want sugar with your tea? - вы будете пить чай с сахаром?

    8) включение в группу, класс и т. п. с, к

    the whale is sometimes mistakenly included with the fishes - кита иногда ошибочно относят к рыбам

    1) орудие, инструмент или способ совершения действия; передаётся твор. падежом:

    to take smth. with both hands - взять что-л. обеими руками

    2) средство на, за; передаётся тж. твор. падежом

    to buy smth. with money - купить что-л. за деньги

    to pay for smth. with one's life - заплатить за что-л. своей жизнью

    1) содержимое или содержание чего-л. с; передаётся тж. твор. падежом

    to load a ship with coal - грузить судно углём /углем/

    2) материал, вещество и т. п., покрывающие, окружающие или украшающие что-л.; передаётся твор. падежом:

    a table with a white tablecloth - стол, покрытый белой скатертью

    a house surrounded with trees - дом, окружённый деревьями

    a man with white hair - седоволосый человек, человек с седыми волосами

    2) наличие чего-л. и кого-л. у, при; с (собой)

    I have no money [no documents] with me - у меня с собой /при себе/ нет денег [документов]

    5. указывает. на
    1) характерную особенность действия с; вместе с существительным передаётся тж. наречием или деепричастием

    with a smile - с улыбкой, улыбаясь

    with a laugh - со смехом, смеясь

    with pleasure [joy] - с удовольствием [с радостью]

    to speak with an accent [a stutter] - говорить с акцентом [заикаясь]

    to receive smb. with open arms - встретить кого-л. с распростёртыми объятиями

    he looked at his work with a critical eye - он отнёсся к своей работе критически

    2) сопутствующие обстоятельства или внешний вид предмета с; с последующими словами передаётся тж. деепричастным оборотом или частью сложного предложения

    another ten minutes passed with no sign of John - прошло ещё десять минут, а Джон все не появлялся

    with one's hat off - а) без шляпы, сняв шляпу; б) воен. разг. обвиняемый в преступлении

    3) особенности начала или окончания чего-л. с; передаётся тж. твор. падежом

    to begin with smth. - начать с чего-л.

    to end with smth. - кончить чем-л.

    ❝meat❞ begins with❝m❞ - (слово) meat начинается с m

    we may close the history of this movement with the seventeenth century - можно считать, что история этого движения заканчивается семнадцатым веком

    they were all late with him being the last - все они опоздали, а он пришёл последним

    5) условия совершения действия в условиях, когда, при том, что

    with unemployment rising no economic growth is possible - в условиях роста безработицы экономический рост невозможен

    with major crimes mounting yearly, the federal government does little about it - число серьёзных преступлений ежегодно растёт, а правительство не принимает эффективных мер

    1) согласие с кем-л., чем-л. с

    to agree with smb. - соглашаться с кем-л.

    to side with smb. - быть на чьей-л. стороне; встать на чью-л. сторону

    I think with you - я думаю так же, как и вы, я с вами согласен, я присоединяюсь к вашему мнению

    who is not with us is against us - кто не с нами, тот против нас

    2) объект дружелюбного, недружелюбного и т. п. отношения с; (по отношению) к

    to be patient with smb. - быть терпеливым с кем-л.

    to sympathize with smb. - сочувствовать кому-л.

    to be angry with smb. - сердиться на кого-л.

    to be in love with smb. - любить кого-л.; быть влюблённым в кого-л.

    3) соревнование с кем-л.

    to compete with smb. - соперничать /состязаться/ с кем-л.; конкурировать с кем-л.

    4) предмет занятий, забот, внимания с, для

    this treatment has worked wonders with him - это лечение оказалось чудодейственным для него

    5) лицо, предмет, который знают, с которым знакомы с

    to be familiar with smth. - (хорошо) знать что-л.

    to be acquainted with smb. - быть знакомым с кем-л.

    6) предмет, который дарят, или дело, которое поручают:

    to entrust smb. with smth. - поручать что-л. кому-л.

    what has he presented her with? - что он ей подарил?

    7) лицо, ответственное за что-л.:

    this decision rests /lies/ with you - решение зависит от вас

    a question that is always with us - вопрос, который всегда стоит перед нами

    8) предмет эмоциональной или умственной оценки; часто передаётся твор. падежом:

    to be satisfied with smth. - быть довольным чем-л.

    in comparison with - в сравнении с, по сравнению с

    not to be compared with - несравнимый с, не идущий в сравнение с

    this skirt is identical with mine - у меня такая же юбка, как эта

    does red go with green? - сочетается ли красный цвет с зелёным?

    1) причину, источник чего-л. от, из-за

    such mistakes would be impossible with a careful secretary - такие ошибки были бы невозможны при хорошем секретаре

    with his intelligence he will easily understand that - человеку с его умом это легко понять

    with his death the work came to an end - с его смертью работа прекратилась

    with John away, we've got more room - теперь, когда Джон уехал, у нас больше места

    her hair became grey with the passing of the years - с годами её волосы поседели

    the pressure varies with the depth - давление меняется в зависимости от глубины

    his earnings increased with his power - с ростом его влияния возрастали и его доходы

    with the wind - по ветру, с попутным ветром

    11. указывает на лицо, имеющее какие-л. качества, привычки, склонности и т. п. у, для, с
    12. что касается

    what's wrong with you? - что с тобой?, что у тебя случилось?

    what do you want with me? - что вам от меня нужно?

    there's a difficulty with this new timetable - в связи с этим новым расписанием возникают известные трудности

    I no longer have any influence with him - я уже не имею на него никакого влияния

    with all his faults we liked him - несмотря на все его недостатки мы любили его

    away with him! - вон /гони/ его!

    away with it! - уберите это!

    down with the door! - взломайте дверь!

    off with you! - марш отсюда!

    with regard to, with reference to, with relation to, with respect to - что касается, в отношении; по поводу; относительно

    with the object of - с целью, (для того), чтобы

    with this - с этими словами, с этим

    with that - а) после чего; б) = with this

    to begin with - прежде всего; во-первых

    what with... (and what with) - из-за

    what with the darkness and what with the fright he did not notice much - из-за темноты и страха он мало что заметил

    close with, close in with - мор. близко, рядом

    some dark object close in with the land - какой-то тёмный предмет около берега

    with it = with-it

    др. сочетания см. под соответствующими словами

    НБАРС > with

  • 10 शब्दः _śabdḥ

    शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्]
    1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1.
    -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45.
    -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45.
    -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. in- troduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ.
    -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive.
    -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1.
    -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v.
    -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa.
    -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1.
    -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः).
    -11 The sacred syllable ओम्.
    -12 A technical term.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud.
    -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable.
    -अधिष्ठानम् the ear.
    -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis).
    -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia.
    -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1.
    -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar.
    -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (
    -र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14.
    -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9.
    -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (
    -यम्) an oral or verbal communication.
    -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words.
    -आदि a. begin- ning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25.
    -इन्द्रियम् the ear.
    -कार a. sounding, sonorous.
    -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary.
    -ग a.
    1 perceiving sounds.
    -2 uttering sounds.
    -गत a. inherent or residing in a word.
    -गतिः music, song.
    -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1.
    -गोचरः the aim or object of speech.
    -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound.
    -2 the ear.
    -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound.
    -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence.
    -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र).
    -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist.
    -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound.
    -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini.
    -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52.
    -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tra- cing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73.
    -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence.
    -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony.
    -ब्रह्मन् n.
    1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22.
    -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2.
    -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v.
    -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥
    -भिद् f. perversion of words.
    -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Arjuna.
    -2 the anus.
    -3 a kind of arrow.
    -योनिः f. a root, radical word.
    -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26.
    -वारिधिः a vocabulary.
    -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24.
    -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence).
    -विशेषः a variety of sound.
    -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word.
    -वृत्तिः f.
    1 the function of a word (in Rhet.).
    -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48.
    -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.)
    1 a kind of arrow.
    -2 an archer.
    -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11.
    -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha.
    -5 an epithet of Arjuna.
    -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13.
    -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference.
    -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति.
    -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar.
    -2 the science of gram- mar.
    -शुद्धिः f.
    1 purity of words.
    -2 the correct use of words.
    -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.)
    -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon.
    -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68.
    -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5.
    -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style.
    -सौकर्यम् ease of expression.
    -स्मृतिः f. philology.
    -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > शब्दः _śabdḥ

  • 11 with

    I n, v
    [wip] = withe; n; v
    II [wip] prep

    to work (together) with smb — працювати ( разом) з ким-н.

    to go with the times — йти в ногу з часом; не відставати від часу

    your name was mentioned with others — серед інших імен було згадано, ваше

    side by side with smb — поруч /бік о бік/ з ким-н.

    he fought with the navy — він бився в рядах ВМС; взаємовідносини з

    with each other /one another/ — один з одним

    to talk with smb — розмовляти з ким-н.

    to make friends with smb — потоваришувати з ким-н.

    to be at odds with smb — не ладити /бути в поганих відносинах/ з ким-н.

    to mix with smb — спілкуватися з ким-н.; приєднання, зв'язок з

    the rent is five guineas a week with attendance — оплата за квартиру з послугами п'ять гіней на тиждень; перебування в домі у кого-н. у

    to stay with one's parents — жити у батьків; залишати кого-н. під чию-н. опіку у

    leave your key with the hotel clerk — залиште ключ у портьє; робота де-н. або у кого-н. в, у

    he worked with the firm for five years — він працював в цій фірмі п'ять років; змішування, поєднання, додавання (разом) з

    2) вказує на знаряддя, інструмент або спосіб виконання дії; передається оруд. відмінком

    to take smth with both hands — взяти що-н. обома руками; засіб на, за; передається оруд. відмінком

    to buy smth with money — купити що-н. за гроші

    to pay for smth with one's life — заплатити за що-н. своїм життям

    3) вказує на вміст або зміст чого-н. з; передається оруд. відмінком

    stuffed with straw — набитий соломою; матеріал, речовина, що покриває, оточує або прикрашає що-н.; передається оруд. відмінком

    a table with a white tablecloth — стіл, покритий білою скатеркою

    a house surrounded with trees — дім, оточений деревами

    4) вказує на характерну ознаку з; разом з іменником іноді передається складним означенням

    a man with white hair — сивий чоловік, чоловік із сивим волоссям; наявність чого-н. у кого-н. у, при; із ( собою)

    I have no money [no documents] with me — у мене із собою /при собі/ немає грошей [документів]

    5) вказує на характерну особливість дії з; разом з іменником передається прислівником або дієприслівником

    with a smile — з посмішкою, посміхаючись

    with pleasure [joy] — із задоволенням [з радістю]

    to speak with an accent [a stutter] — говорити з акцентом [заїкаючись]

    to walk with a limp — ходити шкутильгаючи handle with care! поводитися обережно! ( напис); супутні обставини або зовнішній вигляд предмета з; з наступними словами передається дієприслівниковим зворотом або частиною складного речення

    another ten minutes passed with no sign of John — пройшло ще десять хвилин, а Джон все ще не з'явився

    he sat with his head down — він сидів, опустивши голову

    with one's hat off — без капелюха, знявши капелюх; вiйcьк. звинувачений в злочині; особливості початку або закінчення чого-н. з; передається оруд. відмінком

    to begin with smth — почати з чого-н.

    to end with smth — закінчити чим-н.; додаткові обставини або моменти причому

    they were all late with him being the last — вони всі спізнилися, а він прийшов останнім; умови виконання дії в умовах, коли, при тому, що

    6) вказує на згоду з ким-н., чим-н. з

    to agree with smb — погоджуватися з ким-н.

    to side with smb — бути на чиїй-н. стороні

    I think with you — я думаю так само, як, ви, я з вами погоджуюся

    who is not with us is against us — хто не з нами, той проти нас; об'єкт дружелюбного, недружелюбного ставлення до; ( по відношенню) до

    to be patient with smb — бути терплячим з ким-н.

    to sympathize with smb — співчувати кому-н.

    to be angry with smb — сердитися на кого-н.

    to be in love with smb — кохати кого-н.; бути закоханим в кого-н.; змагання з ким-н.

    to compete with smb — змагатися з ким-н.; конкурувати з ким-н.; предмет заняття, турбот, уваги з, для

    this film is made with children in mind — цей фільм розрахований на дітей; особа, предмет, який знають, с яким знайомі з

    to be familiar with smth — ( добре) знати що-н.

    to be acquainted with smb — бути знайомим з ким-н.; предмет, який дарують або справа, яку доручають to entrust smb

    with smth — доручати що-н. кому-н.

    what has he presented her with — є що він їй подарувавє; особа, відповідальна за що-л

    this decision rests /lies/ with you — рішення залежить від вас

    a question that is always with us — питання, яке завжди стоїть перед нами; предмет емоційної або розумової оцінки; передається оруд. відмінком

    to be satisfied with smth — бути задоволеним чим-н.

    this skirt is identical with mine — в мене така сама спідниця; сумісність або співставність нарівні з

    8) вказує на причину, джерело чого-н. від, на

    to be ill with fever — хворіти на лихоманку; умова або підстава з, при

    with John away, we've got more room — тепер, коли Джон поїхав, в нас більше місця; одночасність явищ

    her hair became grey with the passing of the years — з роками її волосся посиділи; пропорційність

    his earnings increased with his power — з ростом його впливу зростали, його доходи

    11) вказує на особу, що володіє певними якостями, звичками, схильності у, для, з

    what's wrong with you — є що з тобоює, що з тобою трапилосяє

    away with him! — геть /гони/ його!

    with regard to, with reference to, with relation to, with respect to — що стосується, по відношенню; з приводу; відносно

    with the object of — з метою, для того, щоб

    to begin with — перш за все; по-перше

    what with... (and what with) — через

    close with, close in with — мop. близько, поруч

    with it = with-it — [ін. словосполучення див. під відповідними словами]

    English-Ukrainian dictionary > with

  • 12 circumfundo

    circum-fundo, fūdi, fūsum, 3, v. a., lit. to pour out around, i.e. as in circumdo, either with the acc. of that which is poured, to pour around; or, with the acc. of that around which something is poured, to surround with a liquid (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    With acc. of the liquid poured (with or without dat. of the object around which):

    amurcam ad oleam circumfundito,

    Cato, R. R. 93:

    Tigris urbi circumfunditur,

    surrounds, flows round the town, Plin. 6, 27, 31, § 132.— More freq. in part. perf. pass.:

    mare circumfusum urbi,

    the sea flowing around the town, Liv. 30, 9, 12:

    gens circumfusis invia fluminibus,

    Ov. F. 5, 582:

    circumfusus nobis spiritus,

    Quint. 12, 11, 13:

    nec circumfuso pendebat in aëre tellus,

    circumambient, Ov. M. 1, 12; imitated by Tib. 4, 1, 151.—

    Reflex.: circumfudit se repente nubes,

    Lact. 4, 21, 1.—Once mid.: cum fervet (lac), ne circumfundatur, etc., pour itself out around, i. e. run over, Plin. 28, 9, 33, § 126; cf.:

    circumfusa nubes,

    Verg. A. 1, 586.—
    B.
    With acc. of the object around which, etc., with or without abl. of the fluid:

    (mortuum) cerā circumfuderunt,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 7:

    terram crassissimus circumfundit aër,

    encompasses, envelops, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    terra circumfusa illo mari, quem oceanum appellatis,

    id. Rep. 6, 20, 21:

    et multo nebulae circum dea fudit amictu (tmesis),

    Verg. A. 1, 412:

    quas circumfuderat atra tempestas,

    Sil. 7, 723.—
    II.
    Transf. to objects that do not flow, esp. if there is a great multitude, as it were, heaped upon a thing.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. 1.) Mid., to press upon, crowd around, embrace closely, cling to (freq. in the histt.):

    circumfunduntur ex reliquis hostes partibus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 37; 7, 28; id. B. C. 3. 63:

    equites infestis cuspidibus circumfunduntur,

    Liv. 10, 36, 9; 25, 34, 9; 27, 19, 3;

    44, 23, 8: (Nymphae) circumfusae Dianam Corporibus texere suis,

    surrounding, Ov. M. 3, 180:

    multitudo circumfusa,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 34; Liv. 2, 28, 6; 4, 46, 6; Curt. 8, 14, 31; Quint. 4, 2, 37.—With the dat. of that upon which a multitude presses:

    circumfundebantur obviis sciscitantes,

    Liv. 22, 7, 11; 22, 14, 15; 26, 27, 10;

    29, 34, 14 al.: circumfusa turba lateri meo,

    id. 6, 15, 9: ut lateribus circumfundi posset equitatus. Curt. 3, 9, 12. —With acc. (depending on circum): Pacidiussuos equites exporrigere coepit... uthaberent facultatem turmas Julianas circumfundi, to surround, encompass them, Auct. B. Afr. 78 Oud. N. cr. — Poet. also of a single person: et nunc hac juveni, nunc circumfunditur illac, i. e. clings to, or closely embraces him, Ov. M. 4, 360; 14, 354; cf. with acc.:

    hunc (sc. Mavortem), tu, diva, tuo recubantem corpore sancto circumfusa super,

    Lucr. 1, 40.—
    (β).
    So once in the active voice, absol.:

    circumfudit eques,

    Tac. A. 3, 46.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    undique circumfusae molestiae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    non est tantum ab hostibus aetati nostrae periculum, quantum ab circumfusis undique voluptatibus, Liv 30, 14, 6: circumfuso nitore,

    Quint. 4, 1, 59.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. 2.) To enclose, environ, surround, overwhelm:

    circumfusus publicorum praesidiorum copiis,

    Cic. Mil. 26, 71:

    praefectum castrorum circumfundunt,

    Tac. A. 12, 38; so id. H. 2, 19; 4, 20; id. A. 13, 40; Plin. [p. 339] 5, 12, 13, § 67; Sil. 7, 306:

    circumfusus hostium concursu,

    Nep. Chabr. 4, 2:

    M. Catonem vidi in bibliothecā sedentem, multis circumfusum Stoicorum libris,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 7; Quint. 9, 4, 91, Curt. 3, 11, 4:

    amplexibus alicujus,

    Vell. 2, 123, 3:

    X. milia Bojorum alio latere quam exspectabatur missis legionibus circumfudit,

    Front. 1, 2, 7.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    cum has terras incolentes circumfusi erant caligine,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45:

    latent ista omnia crassis occultata et circumfusa tenebris,

    id. Ac. 2, 39, 122:

    ut, quantā luce ea circumfusa sunt, possint agnoscere,

    id. ib. 2, 15, 46:

    eos stultitiā obruit, tenebris circumfundit,

    Lact. 3, 29, 14:

    circumfundit, aliquem multo splendore,

    Sen. Tranq. 1, 9.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > circumfundo

  • 13 timeo

    tĭmĕo, ŭi, 2, v. a. and n. [root tam-; Sanscr. tam-yati, to be stupefied; tamas, darkness; cf. temulentus], to fear, be afraid of, to dread, apprehend; to be afraid or in fear, to be fearful, apprehensive, or anxious; constr. with acc., rel.-clause, inf., ne or ut, and absol.
    1.
    With acc. (class.;

    syn.: vereor, metuo, paveo): quamquam omnia sunt metuenda, nihil magis quam perfidiam timemus,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2:

    timeo meos,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 63; cf.:

    quos aliquamdiu inermes timuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    oppidanos,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 27:

    saxum Tantalus,

    Lucr. 3, 981 sq.:

    portus omnes,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 6:

    reliquos casus,

    id. ib. 3, 10:

    nomen atque imperium absentis,

    id. ib. 1, 61:

    numinis iram,

    Ov. M. 6, 314:

    flagitium pejus leto,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 50:

    cuncta (amantes),

    Ov. M. 7, 719:

    aeternas poenas timendum'st,

    Lucr. 1, 111.—In pass.:

    morbos esse timendos,

    Lucr. 3, 41; so, si ipse fulgor timeretur, Quint. 8, 3, 5:

    si Cn. Pompeius timeretur,

    id. 4, 2, 25. — Pregn., to have to fear, i. e. to be exposed to, contend against:

    pro telis gerit quae timuit et quae fudit,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 40 sq.; 793:

    feras,

    id. Herc. Oet. 270. — With dat. of the object for which one fears something:

    nostrae causae nihil nos timere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 75:

    patronum justitiae suae,

    id. 4, 1, 9:

    furem caulibus aut pomis,

    Juv. 6, 17:

    noxiam vini aegris,

    Plin. 14, 16, 19, § 101. — With de:

    de suo ac legionis periculo nihil timebat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 57:

    nihil de bello,

    id. ib. 3, 3:

    de se nihil timere,

    Cic. Sest. 1, 1. — With pro and abl.:

    quid pro quoque timendum, aut a quoque timendum sit,

    Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 16, 2: pro amicis omnia timui, pro me nihil. Sen. Q. N. 4, praef. § 15. —
    2.
    With rel.-clause (class.):

    misera timeo, quid hoc sit negotii,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 79:

    timeo, quid rerum gesserim,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 44:

    quid possem, timebam,

    Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    nunc istic quid agatur, magnopere timeo,

    id. ib. 3, 8, 2;

    jam nunc timeo, quidnam... pro exspectatione omnium eloqui possim,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:

    misera timeo, incertum hoc quorsum accidat,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 29; cf.:

    haec quo sint eruptura timeo,

    Cic. Att. 2, 20, 5. — With dat.:

    nunc nostrae timeo parti, quid hic respondeat,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 8. —
    3.
    With inf. (freq. since the Aug. per.;

    not in Cic.): Caesar etsi timebat tantae magnitudinis flumini exercitum obicere, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 64:

    equites cum intrare fumum et flammam densissimam timerent,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 16:

    timebant prisci truncum findere,

    Plin. 17, 14, 24, § 102:

    nec jurare time,

    Tib. 1, 4, 21; Hor. C. 1, 8, 8; 3, 24, 56; id. S. 1, 4, 23; id. Ep. 1, 5, 2; 1, 7, 4; 1, 19, 27; 2, 1, 114; id. A. P. 170; 197; Ov. M. 1, 593; 12, 246.— Rarely with acc. and inf.:

    ni cedenti instaturum alterum timuissent,

    Liv. 10, 36, 3.—
    4.
    With ne or ut (class.):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam fiat,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo, ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61: haec timeo ne impediantur, D. Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 4:

    neque timerent, ne circumvenirentur,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    non times, ne locum perdas,

    Quint. 6, 3, 63:

    timuit, ne non succederet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 37:

    timere, ne non virtute hostium, sed lassitudine suā vincerentur,

    Curt. 3, 17, 9:

    timeo, ut sustineas,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    ut satis commode supportari posset (res frumentaria), timere dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39. —
    5.
    Absol. (freq. in prose and poetry):

    fac, ego ne metuam igitur et ut tu meam timeas vicem,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 24:

    salva est navis, ne time,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 64; so,

    ne time,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 42; 5, 1, 12; id. Cas. 4, 4, 13; id. Curc. 4, 2, 34:

    timentibus ceteris propter ignorationem locorum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 29; cf.:

    timentes confirmat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 7:

    cottidie aliquid fit lenius quam timebamus,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 10, 5:

    timere et admirari,

    Quint. 9, 2, 26; 9, 2, 86.—With de:

    de re publicā valde timeo,

    Cic. Att. 7, 6, 2.—With ab:

    a quo quidem genere ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59. — With pro ( poet. and post-Aug.):

    pro eo timebam,

    Curt. 6, 10, 27:

    timentem pro capite amicissimo,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 17, 3:

    quamvis pericliter, plus tamen pro te timeo,

    Sen. Contr. 7, 20, 1:

    indulgentia pro suis timentium,

    id. ib. 9, 26, 2, B:

    qui pro illo nimium timet,

    id. Ep. 14, 1:

    qui eget divitiis timet pro illis,

    id. ib. 14, 18;

    90, 43: pro Aristippi animā,

    Gell. 19, 1, 10:

    timuere dei pro vindice terrae,

    Ov. M. 9, 241.—Pregn., with abl. ( poet.):

    timuit exterrita pennis Ales,

    expressed its fear, Verg. A. 5, 505. — Freq. with dat. of the object for which one fears:

    tibi timui,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 20; cf.:

    qui sibi timuerant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27:

    alicui,

    Quint. 8, 5, 15; Verg. A. 2, 729; Hor. C. 3, 27, 7; id. S. 2, 1, 23:

    suis rebus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    huic loco,

    id. ib. 7, 44:

    receptui suo,

    id. B. C. 3, 69:

    urbi,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 26.— Impers. pass.:

    urbi timetur,

    Luc. 7, 138: Sen. Med. 885.—
    * 6.
    Timens like timidus, with gen.:

    mortis timentes,

    Lucr. 6, 1239.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > timeo

  • 14 σύν

    σύν [pron. full] [ῠ], old [dialect] Att. [full] ξύν; [dialect] Boeot. [full] σούν IG7.3171.39 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot., iii B.C.): Prep. with dat. (rarely c. gen., σ. τῶν ἐν αὺτῷ νεκρῶν Mitteis Chr.129.23 (ii B.C.);
    A

    σ. ἡρώων IPE2.383

     ([place name] Phanagoria); σ. γυναικός ib.301 ([place name] Panticapaeum), cf. Ostr.240.5 (ii A.D.), PLond.1.113 iv 19 (vi A.D.)):—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Hom., though it is not rare in compds. even when not required by the metre, as in ξυνέαξα, ξυνοχῇσιν, ξύμβλητο, ξύμπαντα; Hes. also uses ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι; in [dialect] Ion. verse we find

    ξύν Thgn.1063

     (but

    σύν Id.50

    ), Sol. 19.3 (perh. old Attic), but

    σύν Archil.4

    , cf. ξυνωνίη, συνίημι; in early [dialect] Ion. Prose (including Inscrr., cf. SIG1.2 (Abu Simbel, vi B.C.), 167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), etc.) ξύν is only found in

    ξυνίημι Heraclit.51

    , Democr.95 (cf. ἀξύνετος, ἀξυνεσίη, ξύνεσις), and in the phrase ξὺν νῷ ( νόῳ codd.) Heraclit.114, Democr.35; Hdt. has only σύν, and in codd. Hp. ξύν has weaker authority than σύν (i p.cxxv Kuehlewein); in the late Ionic of Aret., ξύν prevails over σύν; in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. it is rare,

    ξυνοίκην Sapph.75

    ;

    ξυναλίαξε Ar.Lys.93

    ; elsewh. [dialect] Dor. σύν, Leg.Gort. 5.6, IG9(1).334.47 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.), etc.; but in old [dialect] Att. Inscrr. ξύν is the only form up to 500 B.C.; σύν appears in v B.C. and becomes usual towards the end; after 378 B.C. ξύν survives only in the formula γνώμην δὲ ξυμβάλλεσθαι κτλ.; the phrase ξὺν νῷ is found in Ar.Nu. 580, Pl.Cri. 48c, Men. 88b, R. 619b (

    σὺν E.Or. 909

    ); otherwise, of [dialect] Att. Prose writers Th. alone uses the preposition ξύν, Antipho and Lysias have ξυν- a few times in compds.; codd. Pl. have both ξυν- (Lg. 930a, al.) and συν-; in Antipho Soph.Oxy.1364, Aristox., Arr., Ael., and Anon.Rhythm. ξυν- is very freq.; in Trag. both forms occur. The Prep. σύν gradually gave way to μετά with gen., so that whereas A. has 67 examples of σύν to 8 of μετά with gen., the proportions in Th. are 400 of μετά to 37 of σύν, in D. 346 of μετά to 15 of σύν, and in Arist. 300 of μετά to 8 of σύν: for these and other statistics see C. J. T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. σύν is restricted for the most part to signf. 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοις; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετά; in Pap., NT, and later Prose its use is much less restricted (v. infr.).
    1 in company with, together with,

    δεῦρό ποτ' ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ Il.3.206

    ;

    ξ. παιδὶ.. πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει 6.372

    ;

    σ. τοῖσδε ὑπέκφυγον Od.9.286

    ;

    καταφθίσθαι σ. ἐκείνῳ 2.183

    ;

    ἀπελαύνειν σ. τῷ στρατῷ Hdt.8.101

    ;

    ἐπαιδεύετο σ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ X.An.1.9.2

    ;

    σ. αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς Ev.Marc.15.27

    ;

    οὐδένα ἔχω σ. ἐμοί PSI10.1161.12

     (iv A.D.).
    2 with collat. notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Il.9.49;

    σ. σοί, πότνα θεά Od.13.391

    ;

    πέμψον δέ με σ. γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430

    , cf. 15.26;

    σ. θεῷ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος Pi.N.8.17

    ; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Hdt.1.86;

    σ. θεῷ δ' εἰρήσεται Ar.Pl. 114

    ;

    σ. θεῷ εἰπεῖν Pl.Tht. 151b

    , Prt. 317b;

    ξ. θεοῖς Th.1.86

    ; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Il.11.792, 20.192;

    σ. Χαρίτεσσιν Pi.N.9.54

    , cf. P.9.2;

    ξ. τῷ θεῷ πᾶς καὶ γελᾷ κὠδύρεται S.Aj. 383

    ; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Pi.O.10(11).21, N.6.24: generally, of personal cooperation, σ. σοὶ φραζέσθω let him consult with you, Il.9.346;

    λοχησάμενος σ. ἑταίρῳ Od.13.268

    ; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, IG12.63.17; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, X.Cyr.5.3.5, cf. HG4.1.34; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Id.An.3.1.21, Smp.5.10; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, Id.An.1.2.15, cf. Act.Ap.14.4, etc.
    3 furnished with, endued with,

    σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Od.24.193

    ;

    πόλιν θεοδμάτῳ σ. ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε Pi.P.1.61

    .
    4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Il.1.389, 179, etc.; σ. νηυσὶν ἀλαπάξαι, opp. πεζός, 9.328 (so in Prose,

    σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν X.HG2.2.7

    , etc.);

    σ. ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν Il.5.219

    ; esp. of arms,

    μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι 6.418

    ;

    στῆ δ' εὐρὰξ σ. δουρί 15.541

    ; ἀντιβίην or ἀντίβιον σ. ἔντεσι or σ. τεύχεσι πειρηθῆναι, 5.220, 11.386;

    σ. ἔντεσι μάρνασθαι 13.719

    ;

    σκῆπτρον, σ. τῷ ἔβη 2.47

    ; ἄγγελος ἦλθε.. σ. ἀγγελίῃ ib. 787; ς. (or ξ.)

    ὅπλοις Th.2.2

    , al., Pl.Lg. 947c, Aen.Tact.17.1; ς. (or ξ.)

    τοῖς ὅπλοις Th.2.90

    , 4.14, Hell.Oxy. 10.1, Pl.Lg. 763a, Aen.Tact.11.8;

    σ. ἐγχειριδίοις Hell.Oxy.10.2

    ;

    ξ. ξιφιδίῳ καὶ θώρακι Th.3.22

    ;

    ξ. ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ Id.2.70

    ; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες ll.8.530, etc.: with αὐτός (cf.

    αὐτός 1.5

    ), chiefly in Hom.,

    ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σ. φόρμιγγι Il.9.194

    , cf. 14.498;

    αὐτῷ σ. τε λίνῳ καὶ ῥήγεϊ Od.13.118

    .
    5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances,

    ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Il.17.57

    , cf. Od.12.408; of coincidence in time,

    ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Pi.P.11.10

    ; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖ ib.8.7;

    σ. τῷ Χρόνῳ προϊόντι X.Cyr.8.7.6

    ; in the course of,

    κείνῳ σ. ἄματι B.10.23

    , cf. 125, Pi.Fr. 123.
    6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Il.4.161; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Thgn.50; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, X.Cyr.3.1.15; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, S.Ant. 172; to denote agreement, in accordance with,

    σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ X.An.2.6.18

    ;

    σ. δίκᾳ Pi.P.9.96

    ;

    σ. κόσμῳ Hdt.8.86

    , Arist.Mu. 398b23;

    σ. τάχει S.El. 872

    , etc.
    7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of,

    σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Pi.P.4.221

    ;

    διήλλαχθε σ. σιδάρῳ A.Th. 885

     (lyr.);

    πλοῦτον ἐκτήσω ξ. αἰχμῇ Id.Pers. 755

     (troch.);

    ἡ [τῶν φίλων] κτῆσίς ἐστιν οὐδαμῶς σ. τῇ βίᾳ X.Cyr.8.7.13

    ;

    ξ. ἐπαίνῳ Th.1.84

    .
    8 including,

    κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις IG12.329.5

    , cf. 22.1388.85, 1407.12, al.;

    τοῦ Πειραιῶς ξ. Μουνυχίᾳ Th.2.13

    , cf. 4.124, 5.26, 74, 7.42, 8.90, 95; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (sc. δραχμαὶ)

    σ. ταῖς Νικίου Ar.Fr. 100

    ;

    ἀνήλωσα σ. τῇ τῆς σκευῆς ἀναθέσει ἑκκαίδεκα μνᾶς Lys.21.4

    , cf. 2;

    αἶγας ἀπέδοτο σ. τῷ αἰπόλῳ τριῶν καὶ δέκα μνῶν Is.6.33

    , cf. 8.8,35, 11.42,46, Aeschin. 2.162, D.19.155, 27.23,al., Arist.HA 525b15,17, Ath.19.6, Hipparch. 1.1.9, al., PSI10.1124.14 (ii A.D.).
    9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, A. Th. 283;

    αἱ γὰρ καμπαὶ τέτταρες, ἢ δύο σ. τοῖς πτερυγίοις Arist.HA 490a32

    ;

    σ. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τὸν οἶκον ἐκ τῶν προσόδων μείζω ποιῆσαι D. 27.61

    ;

    τὴν ἐφαπτίδα σ. τῇ σακκοπήρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν

     together with..,

    PEnteux.32.7

    , cf. 89.9 (iii B.C.);

    οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Ev.Luc.20.1

    , cf. Ep.Gal.5.24.
    B POSITION:— σύν sts. follows its case, Il.10.19, Od.9.332, 15.410. It freq. stands between Adj. and Subst., as Od.11.359, Il.9.194, etc.; more rarely between Subst. and Adj., Od.13.258, Pi.P. 8.7.
    2 freq. in tmesis in Hom., as Il.23.687, Od.14.296, etc.
    3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ c. dat.,

    στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι IG12(7).259

     (Amorgos, iii A.D.), cf. Supp.Epigr.4.535 (Ephesus, ii/iii A.D.), Rev.Phil.50.11 (Sardis, i/iii A.D.), CPR26.16 (ii A.D.); cf. infr. c. 2.
    C σύν AS ADV., together, at once,

    κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Od.10.42

    ; mostly folld. by δέ or τε

    , σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Il.23.879

    ;

    σ. τε δύ' ἐρχομένω 10.224

     (cf. σύνδυο)

    ; ξ. τε διπλοῖ βασιλῆς S.Aj. 960

     (lyr.). It is sts. hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Il.23.879; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is = Ξυγκακοποιεῖν in Th.3.13. In Old Testament Gr. it is sts. used to translate the Hebr. 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accus.) through confusion with the Prep. 'ēth 'with',

    ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXXEc.2.17

    ; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρός ib.9.15;

    ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς σὺν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ σὺν τὴν γῆν Aq.Ge.1.1

    , etc.
    2 besides, also,

    σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ A.Ag. 586

    ;

    σ. δ' αὔτως ἐγώ S.Ant. 85

    , etc.;

    σ. δ' ἐγὼ παρών Id.Aj. 1288

    , cf. El. 299;

    Δίρκα τε.. σ. τ' Ἀσωπιάδες κόραι E.HF 785

     (lyr.); in later Poetry

    σ. καί A.R.1.74

    , Herod.4.3, Nic.Th.8, D.P.843 (also in late Prose, Ath.2.49a; cf. supr. B. 3).
    I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaph. of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a trans. Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing.
    2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as in

    συνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2

    , συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμνω; sts., therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word.
    3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Lat. bini, terni, etc.
    II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before ς usu. συς-; but becomes συ- before ς followed by a conson. (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perh. sts. before ξ. In a poet. passage, ap.Pl.Phdr. 237a, we have ξύμ alone in tmesi, ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε for συλλάβεσθέ μοι; cf.

    ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ' ἐφύοντο Emp.95

    : in Inscrr. and Papyri these assimilations are freq. not found.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σύν

  • 15 conspiciens

    1.
    con-spĭcĭo, spexi, spectum, 3, v. a. and n., to look at attentively, to get sight of, to descry, perceive, observe (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    inter eas regiones, quā oculi conspiciant,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.:

    in tabernam,

    Petr. 140, 14.—
    (β).
    With acc.:

    me interrogas, Qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    quae aedes... quas quotiensquomque conspicio, fleo,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 29:

    si queat usquam Conspicere amissum fetum,

    Lucr. 2, 358: quandoque te in jure conspicio, Leg. Act. ap. Cic. Caecin. 19, 54, and id. Mur. 12, 26:

    ut procul novum vehiculum Argonautarum e monte conspexit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 89:

    quisque... quae prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    ubi primum nostros equites conspexerunt,

    id. ib. 4, 12;

    2, 26: sidus in regione caeli, etc.,

    Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 94:

    qui lucus ex insulā conspiciebatur,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 3:

    conspici inter se,

    to be visible to one another, Liv. 37, 41, 4:

    cum inter se conspecti essent,

    id. 33, 6, 4:

    hunc simulac cupido conspexit lumine virgo,

    Cat. 64, 86:

    conspectis luminibus crebris,

    Liv. 31, 24, 7:

    locum insidiis conspeximus ipsi,

    Verg. A. 9, 237:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526:

    super tabernaculum... unde ab omnibus conspici posset, imago Solis fulgebat,

    Curt. 3, 3, 8:

    conspecto delatore ejus,

    Suet. Dom. 11:

    rugas in speculo,

    Ov. M. 15, 232:

    cornua in undā,

    id. ib. 1, 640:

    arcem,

    id. ib. 2, 794:

    scopulum,

    id. ib. 4, 731.—Of an inanimate subject:

    si illud signum (Jovis) solis ortum et forum curiamque conspiceret,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20.—With two accus., when an action, condition, etc., is the object:

    quam (matrem) paucis ante diebus laureatam in suā gratulatione conspexit, eandem, etc.... eundem (filium) spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    Cic. Mur. 41, 88:

    strata volgi pedibus detrita viarum Saxea,

    Lucr. 1, 315:

    superiora loca multitudine armatorum completa,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 3:

    quos laborantes,

    id. ib. 4, 26:

    aliquos ex nave egredientes,

    id. ib.:

    aliquem conspiciens ad se ferentem,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5:

    naves suas oppletas serpentibus,

    id. Hann. 11, 6:

    (Hannibalem) humi jacentem,

    Liv. 21, 4, 7:

    adrasum quendam,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 49; cf., pass.:

    quamvis non alius flectere equum sciens Aeque conspicitur,

    id. C. 3, 7, 26:

    cum interim Metellus, monte degrediens cum exercitu, conspicitur,

    Sall. J. 49, 5 dub.;

    v. conspicor: terribilior niger conspicitur (canis),

    Col. 7, 12, 4.—
    (γ).
    With acc. and inf.:

    corpus ut exanimum siquod procul ipse jacere Conspicias hominis,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    qui nostros victores flumen transisse conspexerant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 24:

    centum procurrere currus,

    Cato, 64, 389; Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45.—
    B.
    Pregn., to look at with admiration or close attention, to gaze upon, observe, contemplate.
    (α).
    Act.:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis?

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    orabat, ne se, quem paulo ante cum egregiā stirpe conspexissent, orbum liberis facerent,

    Liv. 1, 26, 9:

    Demetrium ut pacis auctorem cum ingenti favore conspiciebant,

    id. 39, 53, 2:

    quem cum omnes conspicerent propter novitatem ornatūs ignotamque formam,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 3:

    cum bene notum Porticus Agrippae te conspexerit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 26.—
    (β).
    Esp. pass.: conspici, to attract attention, to be conspicuous, noticed, observed, distinguished, admired:

    inania sunt ista... delectamenta paene puerorum, captare plausus, vehi per urbem, conspici velle,

    Cic. Pis. 25, 60: in gestu nec [p. 436] venustatem conspiciendam, nec turpitudinem esse, Auct. Her. 3, 15, 26:

    sic quisque hostem ferire, murum adscendere, conspici dum tale facinus faceret, properabat,

    Sall. C. 7, 6:

    supellex modica, non multa, ut in neutram partem conspici posset,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5:

    quid te ut regium juvenem conspici sinis?

    Liv. 1, 47, 5:

    maxime conspectus ipse est, curru equis albis juncto urbem invectus,

    id. 5, 23, 5:

    vestitus nihil inter aequales excellens, arma atque equi conspiciebantur,

    id. 21, 4, 8; 5, 52, 3; 39, 6, 9:

    quorum Conspicitur nitidis fundata pecunia villis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 46:

    tu formosissimus alto Conspiceris caelo ( = inter deos versaris),

    Ov. M. 4, 19:

    prima bonis animi conspicerere tui,

    id. Tr. 1, 6, 34; Vell. 2, 91, 4; Quint. 11, 3, 137.—Less freq. in an unfavorable sense, to be notorious, to be gazed at with dislike or contempt:

    carere me adspectu civium quam infestis oculis omnium conspici mallem,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17: ne quid faciat, quod conspici et derideri posset, Aug. ap. Suet. Claud. 4.—
    II.
    Trop., to perceive mentally, to understand, comprehend:

    satis in rem quae sint meam ego conspicio mihi,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 10:

    quantum ego nunc corde conspicio meo,

    id. Ps. 3, 1, 3; cf.:

    ut conspiciatis eum mentibus, quoniam oculis non potestis,

    Cic. Balb. 20, 47:

    nullus error talis in L. Aemilio Paulo conspectus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 3.—Hence,
    A.
    conspĭcĭens, entis, P. a. (acc. to II. B.), having understanding, intelligent:

    ad quas (contumelias) despiciendas non sapiente opus est viro, sed tantum conspiciente,

    Sen. Const. 16, 3 Haase (al. consipiente). —
    B.
    conspectus, a, um, P. a.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. A. 1.) Visible:

    tumulus hosti conspectus,

    Liv. 22, 24, 5; cf. id. 10, 40, 8; 32, 5, 13:

    agmina inter se satis conspecta,

    id. 22, 4, 6. —
    2.
    (Acc. to I. B.) Striking, distinguished, remarkable, gazed at, = conspicuus (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    Pallas chlamyde et pictis conspectus in armis,

    Verg. A. 8, 588 (conspicuus, conspicabilis, Serv.); so,

    victor Tyrio in ostro,

    id. G. 3, 17; cf. Hor. A. P. 228:

    juventus,

    Ov. M. 12, 553:

    patris avique fama conspectum eum faciebat,

    Liv. 45, 7, 3:

    conspectus elatusque supra modum hominis privati,

    id. 4, 13, 3.— Comp., Ov. M. 4, 796; Liv. 2, 5, 5; Tac. H. 4, 11; Just. 11, 5; Juv. 8, 140 al.— Sup. and adv. apparently not in use.—
    C.
    conspĭcĭendus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to I. B.), worth seeing, worthy of attention, distinguished (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    insideat celeri conspiciendus equo,

    Tib. 1, 2, 70:

    Nemesis donis meis,

    id. 2, 3, 52:

    Hyas formā,

    Ov. F. 5, 170:

    mater formosa Inter Dictaeos greges,

    id. ib. 5, 118:

    eques,

    id. Tr. 2, 114:

    opus vel in hac magnificentiā urbis,

    Liv. 6, 4, 11; Val. Fl. 1, 261; Mart. 9, 50, 10.
    2.
    conspĭcĭo, ōnis, f. [1. conspicio], the survey taken by the augur in fixing the limits of the templum, Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conspiciens

  • 16 conspicio

    1.
    con-spĭcĭo, spexi, spectum, 3, v. a. and n., to look at attentively, to get sight of, to descry, perceive, observe (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    inter eas regiones, quā oculi conspiciant,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.:

    in tabernam,

    Petr. 140, 14.—
    (β).
    With acc.:

    me interrogas, Qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    quae aedes... quas quotiensquomque conspicio, fleo,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 29:

    si queat usquam Conspicere amissum fetum,

    Lucr. 2, 358: quandoque te in jure conspicio, Leg. Act. ap. Cic. Caecin. 19, 54, and id. Mur. 12, 26:

    ut procul novum vehiculum Argonautarum e monte conspexit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 89:

    quisque... quae prima signa conspexit, ad haec constitit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 21:

    quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    ubi primum nostros equites conspexerunt,

    id. ib. 4, 12;

    2, 26: sidus in regione caeli, etc.,

    Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 94:

    qui lucus ex insulā conspiciebatur,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 3:

    conspici inter se,

    to be visible to one another, Liv. 37, 41, 4:

    cum inter se conspecti essent,

    id. 33, 6, 4:

    hunc simulac cupido conspexit lumine virgo,

    Cat. 64, 86:

    conspectis luminibus crebris,

    Liv. 31, 24, 7:

    locum insidiis conspeximus ipsi,

    Verg. A. 9, 237:

    quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,

    Ov. M. 12, 526:

    super tabernaculum... unde ab omnibus conspici posset, imago Solis fulgebat,

    Curt. 3, 3, 8:

    conspecto delatore ejus,

    Suet. Dom. 11:

    rugas in speculo,

    Ov. M. 15, 232:

    cornua in undā,

    id. ib. 1, 640:

    arcem,

    id. ib. 2, 794:

    scopulum,

    id. ib. 4, 731.—Of an inanimate subject:

    si illud signum (Jovis) solis ortum et forum curiamque conspiceret,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 8, 20.—With two accus., when an action, condition, etc., is the object:

    quam (matrem) paucis ante diebus laureatam in suā gratulatione conspexit, eandem, etc.... eundem (filium) spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    Cic. Mur. 41, 88:

    strata volgi pedibus detrita viarum Saxea,

    Lucr. 1, 315:

    superiora loca multitudine armatorum completa,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 3:

    quos laborantes,

    id. ib. 4, 26:

    aliquos ex nave egredientes,

    id. ib.:

    aliquem conspiciens ad se ferentem,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5:

    naves suas oppletas serpentibus,

    id. Hann. 11, 6:

    (Hannibalem) humi jacentem,

    Liv. 21, 4, 7:

    adrasum quendam,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 49; cf., pass.:

    quamvis non alius flectere equum sciens Aeque conspicitur,

    id. C. 3, 7, 26:

    cum interim Metellus, monte degrediens cum exercitu, conspicitur,

    Sall. J. 49, 5 dub.;

    v. conspicor: terribilior niger conspicitur (canis),

    Col. 7, 12, 4.—
    (γ).
    With acc. and inf.:

    corpus ut exanimum siquod procul ipse jacere Conspicias hominis,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    qui nostros victores flumen transisse conspexerant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 24:

    centum procurrere currus,

    Cato, 64, 389; Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45.—
    B.
    Pregn., to look at with admiration or close attention, to gaze upon, observe, contemplate.
    (α).
    Act.:

    quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis?

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:

    orabat, ne se, quem paulo ante cum egregiā stirpe conspexissent, orbum liberis facerent,

    Liv. 1, 26, 9:

    Demetrium ut pacis auctorem cum ingenti favore conspiciebant,

    id. 39, 53, 2:

    quem cum omnes conspicerent propter novitatem ornatūs ignotamque formam,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 3:

    cum bene notum Porticus Agrippae te conspexerit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 26.—
    (β).
    Esp. pass.: conspici, to attract attention, to be conspicuous, noticed, observed, distinguished, admired:

    inania sunt ista... delectamenta paene puerorum, captare plausus, vehi per urbem, conspici velle,

    Cic. Pis. 25, 60: in gestu nec [p. 436] venustatem conspiciendam, nec turpitudinem esse, Auct. Her. 3, 15, 26:

    sic quisque hostem ferire, murum adscendere, conspici dum tale facinus faceret, properabat,

    Sall. C. 7, 6:

    supellex modica, non multa, ut in neutram partem conspici posset,

    Nep. Att. 13, 5:

    quid te ut regium juvenem conspici sinis?

    Liv. 1, 47, 5:

    maxime conspectus ipse est, curru equis albis juncto urbem invectus,

    id. 5, 23, 5:

    vestitus nihil inter aequales excellens, arma atque equi conspiciebantur,

    id. 21, 4, 8; 5, 52, 3; 39, 6, 9:

    quorum Conspicitur nitidis fundata pecunia villis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 46:

    tu formosissimus alto Conspiceris caelo ( = inter deos versaris),

    Ov. M. 4, 19:

    prima bonis animi conspicerere tui,

    id. Tr. 1, 6, 34; Vell. 2, 91, 4; Quint. 11, 3, 137.—Less freq. in an unfavorable sense, to be notorious, to be gazed at with dislike or contempt:

    carere me adspectu civium quam infestis oculis omnium conspici mallem,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17: ne quid faciat, quod conspici et derideri posset, Aug. ap. Suet. Claud. 4.—
    II.
    Trop., to perceive mentally, to understand, comprehend:

    satis in rem quae sint meam ego conspicio mihi,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 10:

    quantum ego nunc corde conspicio meo,

    id. Ps. 3, 1, 3; cf.:

    ut conspiciatis eum mentibus, quoniam oculis non potestis,

    Cic. Balb. 20, 47:

    nullus error talis in L. Aemilio Paulo conspectus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 3.—Hence,
    A.
    conspĭcĭens, entis, P. a. (acc. to II. B.), having understanding, intelligent:

    ad quas (contumelias) despiciendas non sapiente opus est viro, sed tantum conspiciente,

    Sen. Const. 16, 3 Haase (al. consipiente). —
    B.
    conspectus, a, um, P. a.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. A. 1.) Visible:

    tumulus hosti conspectus,

    Liv. 22, 24, 5; cf. id. 10, 40, 8; 32, 5, 13:

    agmina inter se satis conspecta,

    id. 22, 4, 6. —
    2.
    (Acc. to I. B.) Striking, distinguished, remarkable, gazed at, = conspicuus (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    Pallas chlamyde et pictis conspectus in armis,

    Verg. A. 8, 588 (conspicuus, conspicabilis, Serv.); so,

    victor Tyrio in ostro,

    id. G. 3, 17; cf. Hor. A. P. 228:

    juventus,

    Ov. M. 12, 553:

    patris avique fama conspectum eum faciebat,

    Liv. 45, 7, 3:

    conspectus elatusque supra modum hominis privati,

    id. 4, 13, 3.— Comp., Ov. M. 4, 796; Liv. 2, 5, 5; Tac. H. 4, 11; Just. 11, 5; Juv. 8, 140 al.— Sup. and adv. apparently not in use.—
    C.
    conspĭcĭendus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to I. B.), worth seeing, worthy of attention, distinguished (perh. not ante-Aug.):

    insideat celeri conspiciendus equo,

    Tib. 1, 2, 70:

    Nemesis donis meis,

    id. 2, 3, 52:

    Hyas formā,

    Ov. F. 5, 170:

    mater formosa Inter Dictaeos greges,

    id. ib. 5, 118:

    eques,

    id. Tr. 2, 114:

    opus vel in hac magnificentiā urbis,

    Liv. 6, 4, 11; Val. Fl. 1, 261; Mart. 9, 50, 10.
    2.
    conspĭcĭo, ōnis, f. [1. conspicio], the survey taken by the augur in fixing the limits of the templum, Varr. L. L. 7, § 9 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conspicio

  • 17 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 18 acta fori

    ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;

    axit = egerit,

    Paul. Diac. 3, 3;

    AGIER = agi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15;

    agentum = agentium,

    Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
    a.
    Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:

    jumenta agebat,

    Liv. 1, 48:

    capellas ago,

    Verg. E. 1, 13:

    Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,

    Ov. F. 1, 323:

    caballum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
    b.
    With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:

    agere bovem Romam,

    Curt. 1, 45:

    equum in hostem,

    id. 7, 4:

    Germani in amnem aguntur,

    Tac. H. 5, 21:

    acto ad vallum equo,

    id. A. 2, 13:

    pecora per calles,

    Curt. 7, 11:

    per devia rura capellas,

    Ov. M. 1, 676:

    pecus pastum,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:

    capellas potum age,

    Verg. E. 9, 23:

    pecus egit altos Visere montes,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
    B.
    Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
    a.
    Absol.:

    agmen agens equitum,

    Verg. A. 7, 804.—
    b.
    With prep., abl., or inf.:

    vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,

    Nep. Dat. 3:

    agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,

    Sil. 4, 720:

    (adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,

    Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:

    captivos prae se agentes,

    Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:

    acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,

    Quint. 8, 3, 69:

    captivos sub curribus agere,

    Mart. 8, 26:

    agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,

    Verg. A. 3, 5;

    and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,

    Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:

    quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,

    Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:

    raptim agmine acto,

    id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:

    egit sol hiemem sub terras,

    Verg. G. 4, 51:

    poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,

    lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;

    also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?

    where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:

    unde agis te?

    id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:

    quo hinc te agis?

    where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:

    Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,

    was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:

    Aeneas se matutinus agebat,

    id. ib. 8, 465:

    is enim se primus agebat,

    for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:

    Et tu, unde agis?

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:

    Quo agis?

    id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:

    Huc age,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
    C.
    To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):

    Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,

    Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:

    rapiunt feruntque,

    Verg. A. 2, 374:

    rapere et auferre,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:

    ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,

    id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;

    so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,

    Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):

    ne pulcram praedam agat,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:

    urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,

    Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:

    pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,

    id. ib. 44, 5;

    so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,

    Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
    D.
    To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
    a.
    Of animals:

    apros,

    Verg. G. 3, 412:

    cervum,

    id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:

    citos canes,

    Ov. H. 5, 20:

    feros tauros,

    Suet. Claud. 21.—
    b.
    Of men:

    ceteros ruerem, agerem,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):

    ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,

    Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:

    aliquem in exsilium,

    Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;

    22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,

    id. 16, 2, 3.—
    E.
    Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:

    quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?

    lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    egisse huc Alpheum vias,

    made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:

    vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,

    carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:

    cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,

    to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;

    so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,

    pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:

    accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,

    Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:

    fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,

    Lucr. 4, 391:

    in litus passim naves egerunt,

    drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:

    ratem in amnem,

    Ov. F. 1, 500:

    naves in advorsum amnem,

    Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,

    agere currum,

    to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
    F.
    To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):

    scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,

    to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:

    spumas ore,

    Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:

    piceum Flumen agit,

    Verg. A. 9, 814:

    qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,

    when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:

    agens animam spumat,

    Lucr. 3, 493:

    anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,

    Cat. 63, 31:

    nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,

    id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:

    Est tanti habere animam ut agam?

    Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;

    Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,

    Mart. 1, 80.—
    G.
    Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:

    (salices) gemmas agunt,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 30:

    florem agere coeperit ficus,

    Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:

    frondem agere,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:

    se ad auras palmes agit,

    Verg. G. 2, 364:

    (platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:

    per glebas sensim radicibus actis,

    Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:

    robora suas radices in profundum agunt,

    Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:

    vera gloria radices agit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:

    pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,

    Ov. M. 2, 582.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Spec., to guide, govern:

    Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,

    Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
    B.
    In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:

    si quis ad illa deus te agat,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:

    una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,

    Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:

    totis mentibus acta,

    Sil. 10, 191:

    in furorem agere,

    Quint. 6, 1, 31:

    si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 41:

    provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,

    id. A. 14, 32.—
    C.
    To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):

    me amor fugat, agit,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:

    agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 3:

    perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:

    opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,

    i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):

    reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,

    Verg. A. 7, 405:

    non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:

    acerba fata Romanos agunt,

    id. Epod 7, 17:

    diris agam vos,

    id. ib. 5, 89:

    quam deus ultor agebat,

    Ov. M. 14, 750:

    futurae mortis agor stimulis,

    Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
    D.
    To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
    1.
    In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
    a.
    With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:

    numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:

    post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,

    Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
    b.
    Without object:

    aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:

    agendi tempora,

    Tac. H. 3, 40:

    industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
    c.
    In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:

    Quid agis?

    What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:

    vereor, quid agat,

    how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    ut sciatis, quid agam,

    Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:

    prospere agit anima tua,

    fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:

    quid agitur?

    how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:

    Quid intus agitur?

    is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
    d.
    With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;

    collum obstringe homini,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:

    nihil agis,

    you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:

    nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;

    usque tenebo,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:

    [nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:

    ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,

    Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
    e.
    In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:

    hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?

    what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:

    quid agam, habeo,

    id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:

    sed ita quidam agebat,

    was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
    2.
    To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):

    At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:

    Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:

    observabo quam rem agat,

    what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:

    Id quidem ago,

    That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:

    res vera agitur,

    Juv. 4, 35:

    Jam tempus agires,

    Verg. A. 5, 638:

    utilis rebus agendis,

    Juv. 14, 72:

    grassator ferro agit rem,

    does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:

    gladiis geritur res,

    Liv. 9, 41):

    nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,

    do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:

    postquam id actumst,

    after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,

    sed quid actumst?

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:

    nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,

    Cic. Sull. 12:

    ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    id. Off. 1, 29:

    agamus quod instat,

    Verg. E. 9, 66:

    renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:

    suum negotium agere,

    to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,

    ut vestrum negotium agatis,

    Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:

    neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,

    Sall. J. 30, 1:

    sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,

    Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
    3.
    To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):

    nescio quid mens mea majus agit,

    Ov. H. 12, 212:

    hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,

    Val. Fl. 3, 392:

    agere fratri proditionem,

    Tac. H. 2, 26:

    de intranda Britannia,

    id. Agr. 13.—
    4.
    With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):

    rimas agere (sometimes ducere),

    to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:

    vigilias agere,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:

    excubias alicui,

    Ov. F. 3, 245:

    excubias,

    Tac. H. 4, 58:

    pervigilium,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    stationem agere,

    to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:

    triumphum agere,

    to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:

    libera arbitria agere,

    to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:

    paenitentiam agere,

    to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:

    silentia agere,

    to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:

    pacem agere,

    Juv. 15, 163:

    crimen agere,

    to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    laborem agere,

    id. Fin. 2, 32:

    cursus agere,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:

    delectum agere,

    to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:

    experimenta agere,

    Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    mensuram,

    id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:

    curam agere,

    to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:

    curam ejus egit,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:

    oblivia agere,

    to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:

    nugas agere,

    to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:

    officinas agere,

    to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):

    diis gratias pro meritis agere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    Haud male agit gratias,

    id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:

    Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:

    Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;

    nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,

    id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;

    majores etiam habemus,

    id. Marcell. 11, 33:

    Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;

    referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:

    gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,

    Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;

    and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:

    Dianae laudes gratesque agam,

    id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,

    diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,

    Liv. 26, 48:

    agi sibi gratias passus est,

    Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:

    Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,

    id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
    5.
    Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:

    tempus,

    Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    senectutem,

    id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:

    dies festos,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:

    otia secura,

    Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:

    ruri agere vitam,

    Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:

    vitam in terris,

    Verg. G. 2, 538:

    tranquillam vitam agere,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:

    Hunc (diem) agerem si,

    Verg. A. 5, 51:

    ver magnus agebat Orbis,

    id. G. 2, 338:

    aestiva agere,

    to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:

    menses jam tibi esse actos vides,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:

    mensis agitur hic septimus,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:

    melior pars acta (est) diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:

    acta est per lacrimas nox,

    Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:

    tunc principium anni agebatur,

    Liv. 3, 6:

    actis quindecim annis in regno,

    Just. 41, 5, 9:

    Nona aetas agitur,

    Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:

    quartum annum ago et octogesimum,

    am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,

    Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:

    civitas laeta agere,

    was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:

    tum Marius apud primos agebat,

    id. ib. 101, 6:

    in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,

    id. ib. 89, 7:

    apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,

    Tac. A. 3, 19:

    Thracia discors agebat,

    id. ib. 3, 38:

    Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,

    Tac. G. 42:

    ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,

    id. ib. 43:

    Gallos trans Padum agentes,

    id. H. 3, 34:

    quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    agere inter homines desinere,

    id. ib. 15, 74:

    Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,

    was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:

    ante aciem agere,

    id. G. 7; and:

    in armis agere,

    id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
    6.
    In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:

    qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,

    Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):

    a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,

    hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:

    Hoc age,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:

    Hoc agite, of poetry,

    Juv. 7, 20:

    hoc agamus,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 12:

    haec agamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:

    agere hoc possumus,

    Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:

    hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,

    id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:

    nunc istuc age,

    id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:

    Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,

    Cic. Lig. 4, 11:

    id et agunt et moliuntur,

    id. Mur. 38:

    (oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:

    qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    id. Lig. 6, 18:

    Hoc agit, ut doleas,

    Juv. 5, 157:

    Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:

    Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?

    have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:

    Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?

    id. ib. 4, 10:

    Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:

    certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,

    Nep. Them. 5, 1:

    ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:

    usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:

    atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:

    aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,

    id. Clu. 64.—
    7.
    In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    aliena bella mercedibus agere,

    Mel. 1, 16:

    Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:

    Martem for bellum,

    Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):

    levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,

    Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:

    forum agere,

    to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:

    conventus agere,

    to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;

    used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,

    Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:

    vivorum coetus agere,

    to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:

    censum agere,

    Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:

    recensum agere,

    id. Caes. 41:

    potestatem agere,

    Flor. 1, 7, 2:

    honorem agere,

    Liv. 8, 26:

    regnum,

    Flor. 1, 6, 2:

    rem publicam,

    Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:

    consulatum,

    Quint. 12, 1, 16:

    praefecturam,

    Suet. Tib. 6:

    centurionatum,

    Tac. A. 1, 44:

    senatum,

    Suet. Caes. 88:

    fiscum agere,

    to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:

    publicum agere,

    to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:

    inquisitionem agere,

    Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    curam alicujus rei agere,

    to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:

    rei publicae curationem agens,

    Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
    8.
    Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:

    velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:

    de condicionibus pacis,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    de summa re publica,

    Suet. Caes. 28:

    cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,

    id. Aug. 94:

    de poena alicujus,

    Liv. 5, 36:

    de agro plebis,

    id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):

    cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,

    Gell. 13, 15, 10:

    agere cum populo de re publica,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,

    Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:

    hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,

    id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
    a.
    Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);

    ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?

    I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:

    Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,

    thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:

    algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,

    Juv. 4, 49:

    haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,

    thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:

    de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 75:

    egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,

    Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:

    Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,

    Nep. Alc. 8, 2:

    si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,

    Tac. A. 15, 14:

    ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,

    Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:

    Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,

    Suet. Tib. 54.—
    b.
    With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:

    facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 11:

    bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,

    Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:

    praeclare cum aliquo agere,

    Cic. Sest. 23:

    Male agis mecum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:

    qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,

    Cic. Quinct. 84; and:

    tu contra me male agis,

    Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:

    intelleget secum actum esse pessime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:

    praeclare mecum actum puto,

    id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:

    vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,

    id. Off. 1, 15:

    bene agitur pro noxia,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
    9.
    Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
    a.
    Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:

    ex jure civili et praetorio agere,

    Cic. Caecin. 12:

    tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,

    to litigate, id. Mur. 17:

    ex sponso egit,

    id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:

    agere lege in hereditatem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:

    cum illo se lege agere dicebat,

    Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:

    non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:

    causa quam vi agere malle,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,

    with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,

    Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,

    settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:

    ubi manu agitur,

    when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
    b.
    Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:

    causam apud centumviros egit,

    Cic. Caecin. 24:

    Caesar cum ageret apud censores,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:

    egi causam adversus magistratus,

    Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:

    orator agere dicitur causam,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:

    agit causas liberales,

    Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:

    cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,

    Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;

    tua res agitur,

    is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;

    and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 10:

    Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,

    Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:

    tam solute agere, tam leniter,

    id. Brut. 80:

    tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?

    id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:

    Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?

    of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:

    causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,

    to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:

    Samnitium bella, quae agimus,

    are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
    c.
    Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:

    reus agitur,

    id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:

    agere furti,

    to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:

    adulterii cum aliquo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    injuriarum,

    id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
    d.
    Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:

    non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:

    non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,

    the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:

    aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:

    si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,

    id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
    (α).
    Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:

    at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:

    quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:

    agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,

    id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:

    non libertas solum agebatur,

    Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:

    nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):

    agitur pars tertia mundi,

    is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
    (β).
    Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;

    perii,

    this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:

    actum hodie est de me,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:

    jam de Servio actum,

    Liv. 1, 47:

    actum est de collo meo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;

    ilicet me infelicem,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:

    si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:

    actumst, ilicet, peristi,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;

    actumst,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:

    rem actam agis,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,

    actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:

    acta agimus,

    id. Am. 22.—
    10. a.
    Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:

    quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,

    id. ib. 3, 56, 214:

    agere fortius et audentius volo,

    Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
    b.
    Of an actor, to represent, play, act:

    Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,

    fabulam,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:

    dum haec agitur fabula,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:

    partis,

    to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:

    gestum agere in scaena,

    id. de Or. 2, 57:

    dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,

    Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:

    egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,

    id. Fam. 2, 9:

    amicum imperatoris,

    Tac. H. 1, 30:

    exulem,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    socium magis imperii quam ministrum,

    id. H. 2, 83:

    senatorem,

    Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:

    utrinque prora frontem agit,

    serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
    11.
    Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:

    tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,

    Sall. J. 56, 5:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint,

    Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:

    qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,

    Suet. Claud. 25:

    non principem se, sed ministrum egit,

    id. ib. 29:

    neglegenter se et avare agere,

    Eutr. 6, 9:

    prudenter se agebat,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:

    sapienter se agebat,

    ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:

    seditiose,

    Tac. Agr. 7:

    facile justeque,

    id. ib. 9:

    superbe,

    id. H. 2, 27:

    ex aequo,

    id. ib. 4, 64:

    anxius et intentus agebat,

    id. Agr. 5.—
    12.
    Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
    a.
    In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
    (α).
    In the sing.:

    age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,

    come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:

    age, perge, quaeso,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:

    age, da veniam filio,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:

    age, age, nunc experiamur,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 23:

    age sis tu... delude,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:

    Agedum vicissim dic,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:

    agedum humanis concede,

    Lucr. 3, 962:

    age modo hodie sero,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:

    age nuncjam,

    id. And. 5, 2, 25:

    En age, quid cessas,

    Tib. 2, 2, 10:

    Quare age,

    Verg. A. 7, 429:

    Verum age,

    id. ib. 12, 832:

    Quin age,

    id. G. 4, 329:

    en, age, Rumpe moras,

    id. ib. 3, 43:

    eia age,

    id. A. 4, 569.—
    (β).
    In the plur.:

    agite, pugni,

    up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:

    agite bibite,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:

    agite in modum dicite,

    Cat. 61, 38:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:

    vos agite... volvite,

    Val. Fl. 3, 311:

    agite nunc, divites, plorate,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:

    agitedum,

    Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):

    age igitur, intro abite,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:

    En agedum convertite,

    Prop. 1, 1, 21:

    mittite, agedum, legatos,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    Ite age,

    Stat. Th. 10, 33:

    Huc age adeste,

    Sil. 11, 169.—
    b.
    In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:

    nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,

    id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;

    4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:

    age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
    c.
    As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;

    dabo,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:

    Age, veniam,

    id. And. 4, 2, 30:

    age, sit ita factum,

    Cic. Mil. 19:

    age sane,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
    ► Position.
    —Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
    I.
    Sometimes follows such verb; as,
    a.
    In dactylic metre:

    Cede agedum,

    Prop. 5, 9, 54:

    Dic age,

    Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:

    Esto age,

    Pers. 2, 42:

    Fare age,

    Verg. A. 3, 362:

    Finge age,

    Ov. H. 7, 65:

    Redde age,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:

    Surge age,

    Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:

    Vade age,

    Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,

    agite: Ite agite,

    Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
    b.
    In other metres (very rarely):

    appropera age,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:

    dic age,

    Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;

    3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    procedat agedum ad pugnam,

    id. 7, 9.—
    II.
    It is often separated from such verb:

    age me huc adspice,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:

    Age... instiga,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    Cat. 64, 372:

    Huc age... veni,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2:

    Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,

    Verg. A. 2, 707:

    en age segnis Rumpe moras,

    id. G. 3, 42:

    age te procellae Crede,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:

    Age jam... condisce,

    id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
    1.
    ăgens, entis, P. a.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):

    utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:

    acre orator, incensus et agens,

    id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
    ► 2.
    Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
    B.
    Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
    a.
    Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
    b.
    For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
    2.
    actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
    A.
    actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:

    actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7:

    acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    id. ib. 1, 7:

    acta tui praeclari tribunatus,

    id. Dom. 31.—
    B.
    acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;

    but Augustus again prohibited it,

    Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;

    also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,

    the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:

    acta populi,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    acta publica,

    Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:

    urbana,

    id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
    1.
    With the time added:

    acta eorum temporum,

    Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:

    illius temporis,

    Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:

    ejus anni,

    Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
    2.
    Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
    C.
    acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
    D.
    acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
    a.
    Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
    b.
    Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
    E.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta fori

  • 19 acta militaria

    ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;

    axit = egerit,

    Paul. Diac. 3, 3;

    AGIER = agi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15;

    agentum = agentium,

    Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
    a.
    Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:

    jumenta agebat,

    Liv. 1, 48:

    capellas ago,

    Verg. E. 1, 13:

    Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,

    Ov. F. 1, 323:

    caballum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
    b.
    With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:

    agere bovem Romam,

    Curt. 1, 45:

    equum in hostem,

    id. 7, 4:

    Germani in amnem aguntur,

    Tac. H. 5, 21:

    acto ad vallum equo,

    id. A. 2, 13:

    pecora per calles,

    Curt. 7, 11:

    per devia rura capellas,

    Ov. M. 1, 676:

    pecus pastum,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:

    capellas potum age,

    Verg. E. 9, 23:

    pecus egit altos Visere montes,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
    B.
    Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
    a.
    Absol.:

    agmen agens equitum,

    Verg. A. 7, 804.—
    b.
    With prep., abl., or inf.:

    vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,

    Nep. Dat. 3:

    agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,

    Sil. 4, 720:

    (adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,

    Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:

    captivos prae se agentes,

    Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:

    acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,

    Quint. 8, 3, 69:

    captivos sub curribus agere,

    Mart. 8, 26:

    agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,

    Verg. A. 3, 5;

    and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,

    Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:

    quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,

    Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:

    raptim agmine acto,

    id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:

    egit sol hiemem sub terras,

    Verg. G. 4, 51:

    poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,

    lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;

    also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?

    where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:

    unde agis te?

    id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:

    quo hinc te agis?

    where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:

    Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,

    was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:

    Aeneas se matutinus agebat,

    id. ib. 8, 465:

    is enim se primus agebat,

    for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:

    Et tu, unde agis?

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:

    Quo agis?

    id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:

    Huc age,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
    C.
    To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):

    Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,

    Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:

    rapiunt feruntque,

    Verg. A. 2, 374:

    rapere et auferre,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:

    ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,

    id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;

    so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,

    Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):

    ne pulcram praedam agat,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:

    urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,

    Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:

    pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,

    id. ib. 44, 5;

    so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,

    Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
    D.
    To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
    a.
    Of animals:

    apros,

    Verg. G. 3, 412:

    cervum,

    id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:

    citos canes,

    Ov. H. 5, 20:

    feros tauros,

    Suet. Claud. 21.—
    b.
    Of men:

    ceteros ruerem, agerem,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):

    ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,

    Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:

    aliquem in exsilium,

    Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;

    22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,

    id. 16, 2, 3.—
    E.
    Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:

    quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?

    lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    egisse huc Alpheum vias,

    made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:

    vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,

    carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:

    cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,

    to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;

    so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,

    pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:

    accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,

    Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:

    fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,

    Lucr. 4, 391:

    in litus passim naves egerunt,

    drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:

    ratem in amnem,

    Ov. F. 1, 500:

    naves in advorsum amnem,

    Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,

    agere currum,

    to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
    F.
    To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):

    scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,

    to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:

    spumas ore,

    Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:

    piceum Flumen agit,

    Verg. A. 9, 814:

    qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,

    when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:

    agens animam spumat,

    Lucr. 3, 493:

    anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,

    Cat. 63, 31:

    nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,

    id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:

    Est tanti habere animam ut agam?

    Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;

    Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,

    Mart. 1, 80.—
    G.
    Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:

    (salices) gemmas agunt,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 30:

    florem agere coeperit ficus,

    Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:

    frondem agere,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:

    se ad auras palmes agit,

    Verg. G. 2, 364:

    (platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:

    per glebas sensim radicibus actis,

    Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:

    robora suas radices in profundum agunt,

    Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:

    vera gloria radices agit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:

    pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,

    Ov. M. 2, 582.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Spec., to guide, govern:

    Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,

    Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
    B.
    In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:

    si quis ad illa deus te agat,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:

    una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,

    Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:

    totis mentibus acta,

    Sil. 10, 191:

    in furorem agere,

    Quint. 6, 1, 31:

    si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 41:

    provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,

    id. A. 14, 32.—
    C.
    To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):

    me amor fugat, agit,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:

    agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 3:

    perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:

    opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,

    i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):

    reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,

    Verg. A. 7, 405:

    non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:

    acerba fata Romanos agunt,

    id. Epod 7, 17:

    diris agam vos,

    id. ib. 5, 89:

    quam deus ultor agebat,

    Ov. M. 14, 750:

    futurae mortis agor stimulis,

    Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
    D.
    To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
    1.
    In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
    a.
    With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:

    numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:

    post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,

    Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
    b.
    Without object:

    aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:

    agendi tempora,

    Tac. H. 3, 40:

    industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
    c.
    In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:

    Quid agis?

    What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:

    vereor, quid agat,

    how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    ut sciatis, quid agam,

    Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:

    prospere agit anima tua,

    fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:

    quid agitur?

    how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:

    Quid intus agitur?

    is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
    d.
    With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;

    collum obstringe homini,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:

    nihil agis,

    you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:

    nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;

    usque tenebo,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:

    [nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:

    ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,

    Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
    e.
    In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:

    hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?

    what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:

    quid agam, habeo,

    id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:

    sed ita quidam agebat,

    was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
    2.
    To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):

    At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:

    Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:

    observabo quam rem agat,

    what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:

    Id quidem ago,

    That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:

    res vera agitur,

    Juv. 4, 35:

    Jam tempus agires,

    Verg. A. 5, 638:

    utilis rebus agendis,

    Juv. 14, 72:

    grassator ferro agit rem,

    does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:

    gladiis geritur res,

    Liv. 9, 41):

    nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,

    do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:

    postquam id actumst,

    after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,

    sed quid actumst?

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:

    nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,

    Cic. Sull. 12:

    ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    id. Off. 1, 29:

    agamus quod instat,

    Verg. E. 9, 66:

    renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:

    suum negotium agere,

    to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,

    ut vestrum negotium agatis,

    Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:

    neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,

    Sall. J. 30, 1:

    sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,

    Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
    3.
    To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):

    nescio quid mens mea majus agit,

    Ov. H. 12, 212:

    hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,

    Val. Fl. 3, 392:

    agere fratri proditionem,

    Tac. H. 2, 26:

    de intranda Britannia,

    id. Agr. 13.—
    4.
    With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):

    rimas agere (sometimes ducere),

    to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:

    vigilias agere,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:

    excubias alicui,

    Ov. F. 3, 245:

    excubias,

    Tac. H. 4, 58:

    pervigilium,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    stationem agere,

    to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:

    triumphum agere,

    to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:

    libera arbitria agere,

    to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:

    paenitentiam agere,

    to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:

    silentia agere,

    to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:

    pacem agere,

    Juv. 15, 163:

    crimen agere,

    to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    laborem agere,

    id. Fin. 2, 32:

    cursus agere,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:

    delectum agere,

    to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:

    experimenta agere,

    Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    mensuram,

    id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:

    curam agere,

    to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:

    curam ejus egit,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:

    oblivia agere,

    to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:

    nugas agere,

    to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:

    officinas agere,

    to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):

    diis gratias pro meritis agere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    Haud male agit gratias,

    id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:

    Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:

    Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;

    nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,

    id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;

    majores etiam habemus,

    id. Marcell. 11, 33:

    Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;

    referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:

    gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,

    Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;

    and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:

    Dianae laudes gratesque agam,

    id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,

    diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,

    Liv. 26, 48:

    agi sibi gratias passus est,

    Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:

    Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,

    id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
    5.
    Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:

    tempus,

    Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    senectutem,

    id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:

    dies festos,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:

    otia secura,

    Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:

    ruri agere vitam,

    Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:

    vitam in terris,

    Verg. G. 2, 538:

    tranquillam vitam agere,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:

    Hunc (diem) agerem si,

    Verg. A. 5, 51:

    ver magnus agebat Orbis,

    id. G. 2, 338:

    aestiva agere,

    to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:

    menses jam tibi esse actos vides,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:

    mensis agitur hic septimus,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:

    melior pars acta (est) diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:

    acta est per lacrimas nox,

    Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:

    tunc principium anni agebatur,

    Liv. 3, 6:

    actis quindecim annis in regno,

    Just. 41, 5, 9:

    Nona aetas agitur,

    Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:

    quartum annum ago et octogesimum,

    am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,

    Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:

    civitas laeta agere,

    was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:

    tum Marius apud primos agebat,

    id. ib. 101, 6:

    in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,

    id. ib. 89, 7:

    apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,

    Tac. A. 3, 19:

    Thracia discors agebat,

    id. ib. 3, 38:

    Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,

    Tac. G. 42:

    ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,

    id. ib. 43:

    Gallos trans Padum agentes,

    id. H. 3, 34:

    quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    agere inter homines desinere,

    id. ib. 15, 74:

    Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,

    was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:

    ante aciem agere,

    id. G. 7; and:

    in armis agere,

    id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
    6.
    In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:

    qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,

    Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):

    a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,

    hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:

    Hoc age,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:

    Hoc agite, of poetry,

    Juv. 7, 20:

    hoc agamus,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 12:

    haec agamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:

    agere hoc possumus,

    Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:

    hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,

    id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:

    nunc istuc age,

    id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:

    Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,

    Cic. Lig. 4, 11:

    id et agunt et moliuntur,

    id. Mur. 38:

    (oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:

    qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    id. Lig. 6, 18:

    Hoc agit, ut doleas,

    Juv. 5, 157:

    Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:

    Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?

    have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:

    Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?

    id. ib. 4, 10:

    Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:

    certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,

    Nep. Them. 5, 1:

    ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:

    usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:

    atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:

    aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,

    id. Clu. 64.—
    7.
    In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    aliena bella mercedibus agere,

    Mel. 1, 16:

    Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:

    Martem for bellum,

    Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):

    levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,

    Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:

    forum agere,

    to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:

    conventus agere,

    to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;

    used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,

    Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:

    vivorum coetus agere,

    to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:

    censum agere,

    Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:

    recensum agere,

    id. Caes. 41:

    potestatem agere,

    Flor. 1, 7, 2:

    honorem agere,

    Liv. 8, 26:

    regnum,

    Flor. 1, 6, 2:

    rem publicam,

    Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:

    consulatum,

    Quint. 12, 1, 16:

    praefecturam,

    Suet. Tib. 6:

    centurionatum,

    Tac. A. 1, 44:

    senatum,

    Suet. Caes. 88:

    fiscum agere,

    to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:

    publicum agere,

    to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:

    inquisitionem agere,

    Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    curam alicujus rei agere,

    to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:

    rei publicae curationem agens,

    Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
    8.
    Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:

    velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:

    de condicionibus pacis,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    de summa re publica,

    Suet. Caes. 28:

    cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,

    id. Aug. 94:

    de poena alicujus,

    Liv. 5, 36:

    de agro plebis,

    id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):

    cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,

    Gell. 13, 15, 10:

    agere cum populo de re publica,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,

    Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:

    hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,

    id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
    a.
    Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);

    ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?

    I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:

    Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,

    thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:

    algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,

    Juv. 4, 49:

    haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,

    thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:

    de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 75:

    egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,

    Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:

    Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,

    Nep. Alc. 8, 2:

    si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,

    Tac. A. 15, 14:

    ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,

    Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:

    Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,

    Suet. Tib. 54.—
    b.
    With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:

    facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 11:

    bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,

    Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:

    praeclare cum aliquo agere,

    Cic. Sest. 23:

    Male agis mecum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:

    qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,

    Cic. Quinct. 84; and:

    tu contra me male agis,

    Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:

    intelleget secum actum esse pessime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:

    praeclare mecum actum puto,

    id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:

    vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,

    id. Off. 1, 15:

    bene agitur pro noxia,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
    9.
    Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
    a.
    Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:

    ex jure civili et praetorio agere,

    Cic. Caecin. 12:

    tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,

    to litigate, id. Mur. 17:

    ex sponso egit,

    id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:

    agere lege in hereditatem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:

    cum illo se lege agere dicebat,

    Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:

    non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:

    causa quam vi agere malle,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,

    with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,

    Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,

    settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:

    ubi manu agitur,

    when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
    b.
    Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:

    causam apud centumviros egit,

    Cic. Caecin. 24:

    Caesar cum ageret apud censores,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:

    egi causam adversus magistratus,

    Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:

    orator agere dicitur causam,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:

    agit causas liberales,

    Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:

    cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,

    Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;

    tua res agitur,

    is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;

    and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 10:

    Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,

    Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:

    tam solute agere, tam leniter,

    id. Brut. 80:

    tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?

    id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:

    Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?

    of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:

    causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,

    to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:

    Samnitium bella, quae agimus,

    are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
    c.
    Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:

    reus agitur,

    id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:

    agere furti,

    to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:

    adulterii cum aliquo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    injuriarum,

    id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
    d.
    Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:

    non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:

    non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,

    the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:

    aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:

    si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,

    id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
    (α).
    Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:

    at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:

    quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:

    agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,

    id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:

    non libertas solum agebatur,

    Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:

    nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):

    agitur pars tertia mundi,

    is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
    (β).
    Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;

    perii,

    this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:

    actum hodie est de me,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:

    jam de Servio actum,

    Liv. 1, 47:

    actum est de collo meo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;

    ilicet me infelicem,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:

    si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:

    actumst, ilicet, peristi,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;

    actumst,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:

    rem actam agis,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,

    actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:

    acta agimus,

    id. Am. 22.—
    10. a.
    Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:

    quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,

    id. ib. 3, 56, 214:

    agere fortius et audentius volo,

    Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
    b.
    Of an actor, to represent, play, act:

    Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,

    fabulam,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:

    dum haec agitur fabula,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:

    partis,

    to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:

    gestum agere in scaena,

    id. de Or. 2, 57:

    dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,

    Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:

    egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,

    id. Fam. 2, 9:

    amicum imperatoris,

    Tac. H. 1, 30:

    exulem,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    socium magis imperii quam ministrum,

    id. H. 2, 83:

    senatorem,

    Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:

    utrinque prora frontem agit,

    serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
    11.
    Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:

    tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,

    Sall. J. 56, 5:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint,

    Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:

    qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,

    Suet. Claud. 25:

    non principem se, sed ministrum egit,

    id. ib. 29:

    neglegenter se et avare agere,

    Eutr. 6, 9:

    prudenter se agebat,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:

    sapienter se agebat,

    ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:

    seditiose,

    Tac. Agr. 7:

    facile justeque,

    id. ib. 9:

    superbe,

    id. H. 2, 27:

    ex aequo,

    id. ib. 4, 64:

    anxius et intentus agebat,

    id. Agr. 5.—
    12.
    Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
    a.
    In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
    (α).
    In the sing.:

    age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,

    come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:

    age, perge, quaeso,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:

    age, da veniam filio,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:

    age, age, nunc experiamur,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 23:

    age sis tu... delude,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:

    Agedum vicissim dic,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:

    agedum humanis concede,

    Lucr. 3, 962:

    age modo hodie sero,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:

    age nuncjam,

    id. And. 5, 2, 25:

    En age, quid cessas,

    Tib. 2, 2, 10:

    Quare age,

    Verg. A. 7, 429:

    Verum age,

    id. ib. 12, 832:

    Quin age,

    id. G. 4, 329:

    en, age, Rumpe moras,

    id. ib. 3, 43:

    eia age,

    id. A. 4, 569.—
    (β).
    In the plur.:

    agite, pugni,

    up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:

    agite bibite,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:

    agite in modum dicite,

    Cat. 61, 38:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:

    vos agite... volvite,

    Val. Fl. 3, 311:

    agite nunc, divites, plorate,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:

    agitedum,

    Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):

    age igitur, intro abite,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:

    En agedum convertite,

    Prop. 1, 1, 21:

    mittite, agedum, legatos,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    Ite age,

    Stat. Th. 10, 33:

    Huc age adeste,

    Sil. 11, 169.—
    b.
    In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:

    nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,

    id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;

    4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:

    age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
    c.
    As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;

    dabo,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:

    Age, veniam,

    id. And. 4, 2, 30:

    age, sit ita factum,

    Cic. Mil. 19:

    age sane,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
    ► Position.
    —Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
    I.
    Sometimes follows such verb; as,
    a.
    In dactylic metre:

    Cede agedum,

    Prop. 5, 9, 54:

    Dic age,

    Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:

    Esto age,

    Pers. 2, 42:

    Fare age,

    Verg. A. 3, 362:

    Finge age,

    Ov. H. 7, 65:

    Redde age,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:

    Surge age,

    Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:

    Vade age,

    Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,

    agite: Ite agite,

    Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
    b.
    In other metres (very rarely):

    appropera age,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:

    dic age,

    Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;

    3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    procedat agedum ad pugnam,

    id. 7, 9.—
    II.
    It is often separated from such verb:

    age me huc adspice,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:

    Age... instiga,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    Cat. 64, 372:

    Huc age... veni,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2:

    Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,

    Verg. A. 2, 707:

    en age segnis Rumpe moras,

    id. G. 3, 42:

    age te procellae Crede,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:

    Age jam... condisce,

    id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
    1.
    ăgens, entis, P. a.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):

    utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:

    acre orator, incensus et agens,

    id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
    ► 2.
    Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
    B.
    Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
    a.
    Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
    b.
    For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
    2.
    actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
    A.
    actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:

    actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7:

    acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    id. ib. 1, 7:

    acta tui praeclari tribunatus,

    id. Dom. 31.—
    B.
    acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;

    but Augustus again prohibited it,

    Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;

    also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,

    the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:

    acta populi,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    acta publica,

    Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:

    urbana,

    id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
    1.
    With the time added:

    acta eorum temporum,

    Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:

    illius temporis,

    Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:

    ejus anni,

    Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
    2.
    Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
    C.
    acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
    D.
    acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
    a.
    Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
    b.
    Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
    E.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta militaria

  • 20 acta publica

    ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;

    axit = egerit,

    Paul. Diac. 3, 3;

    AGIER = agi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 15;

    agentum = agentium,

    Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
    a.
    Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:

    jumenta agebat,

    Liv. 1, 48:

    capellas ago,

    Verg. E. 1, 13:

    Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,

    Ov. F. 1, 323:

    caballum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
    b.
    With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:

    agere bovem Romam,

    Curt. 1, 45:

    equum in hostem,

    id. 7, 4:

    Germani in amnem aguntur,

    Tac. H. 5, 21:

    acto ad vallum equo,

    id. A. 2, 13:

    pecora per calles,

    Curt. 7, 11:

    per devia rura capellas,

    Ov. M. 1, 676:

    pecus pastum,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:

    capellas potum age,

    Verg. E. 9, 23:

    pecus egit altos Visere montes,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
    B.
    Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
    a.
    Absol.:

    agmen agens equitum,

    Verg. A. 7, 804.—
    b.
    With prep., abl., or inf.:

    vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,

    Nep. Dat. 3:

    agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,

    Sil. 4, 720:

    (adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,

    Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:

    captivos prae se agentes,

    Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:

    acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,

    Quint. 8, 3, 69:

    captivos sub curribus agere,

    Mart. 8, 26:

    agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,

    Verg. A. 3, 5;

    and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,

    Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:

    quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,

    Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:

    raptim agmine acto,

    id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:

    egit sol hiemem sub terras,

    Verg. G. 4, 51:

    poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,

    lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;

    also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?

    where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:

    unde agis te?

    id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:

    quo hinc te agis?

    where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:

    Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,

    was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:

    Aeneas se matutinus agebat,

    id. ib. 8, 465:

    is enim se primus agebat,

    for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:

    Et tu, unde agis?

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:

    Quo agis?

    id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:

    Huc age,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
    C.
    To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):

    Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,

    Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:

    rapiunt feruntque,

    Verg. A. 2, 374:

    rapere et auferre,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:

    ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,

    id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;

    so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,

    Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):

    ne pulcram praedam agat,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:

    urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,

    Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:

    pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,

    id. ib. 44, 5;

    so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,

    Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
    D.
    To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
    a.
    Of animals:

    apros,

    Verg. G. 3, 412:

    cervum,

    id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:

    citos canes,

    Ov. H. 5, 20:

    feros tauros,

    Suet. Claud. 21.—
    b.
    Of men:

    ceteros ruerem, agerem,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):

    ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,

    Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:

    aliquem in exsilium,

    Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;

    22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,

    id. 16, 2, 3.—
    E.
    Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:

    quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?

    lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    egisse huc Alpheum vias,

    made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:

    vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,

    carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:

    cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,

    to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;

    so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,

    pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:

    accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,

    Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:

    fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,

    Lucr. 4, 391:

    in litus passim naves egerunt,

    drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:

    ratem in amnem,

    Ov. F. 1, 500:

    naves in advorsum amnem,

    Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,

    agere currum,

    to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
    F.
    To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):

    scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,

    to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:

    spumas ore,

    Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:

    piceum Flumen agit,

    Verg. A. 9, 814:

    qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,

    when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:

    agens animam spumat,

    Lucr. 3, 493:

    anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,

    Cat. 63, 31:

    nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:

    Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,

    id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:

    Est tanti habere animam ut agam?

    Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;

    Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,

    Mart. 1, 80.—
    G.
    Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:

    (salices) gemmas agunt,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 30:

    florem agere coeperit ficus,

    Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:

    frondem agere,

    Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:

    se ad auras palmes agit,

    Verg. G. 2, 364:

    (platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:

    per glebas sensim radicibus actis,

    Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:

    robora suas radices in profundum agunt,

    Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:

    vera gloria radices agit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:

    pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,

    Ov. M. 2, 582.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    Spec., to guide, govern:

    Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,

    Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
    B.
    In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:

    si quis ad illa deus te agat,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:

    una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,

    Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:

    totis mentibus acta,

    Sil. 10, 191:

    in furorem agere,

    Quint. 6, 1, 31:

    si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 41:

    provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,

    id. A. 14, 32.—
    C.
    To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):

    me amor fugat, agit,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:

    agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 3:

    perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:

    opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,

    i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):

    reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,

    Verg. A. 7, 405:

    non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:

    acerba fata Romanos agunt,

    id. Epod 7, 17:

    diris agam vos,

    id. ib. 5, 89:

    quam deus ultor agebat,

    Ov. M. 14, 750:

    futurae mortis agor stimulis,

    Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
    D.
    To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
    1.
    In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
    a.
    With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:

    numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:

    post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,

    Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
    b.
    Without object:

    aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:

    agendi tempora,

    Tac. H. 3, 40:

    industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
    c.
    In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:

    Quid agis?

    What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:

    vereor, quid agat,

    how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    ut sciatis, quid agam,

    Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:

    prospere agit anima tua,

    fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:

    quid agitur?

    how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:

    Quid intus agitur?

    is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
    d.
    With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;

    collum obstringe homini,

    Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:

    nihil agis,

    you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:

    nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;

    usque tenebo,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:

    [nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:

    ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,

    Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
    e.
    In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:

    hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?

    what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:

    quid agam, habeo,

    id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:

    sed ita quidam agebat,

    was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
    2.
    To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):

    At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:

    Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:

    observabo quam rem agat,

    what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:

    Id quidem ago,

    That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:

    res vera agitur,

    Juv. 4, 35:

    Jam tempus agires,

    Verg. A. 5, 638:

    utilis rebus agendis,

    Juv. 14, 72:

    grassator ferro agit rem,

    does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:

    gladiis geritur res,

    Liv. 9, 41):

    nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,

    do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:

    postquam id actumst,

    after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,

    sed quid actumst?

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:

    nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,

    Cic. Sull. 12:

    ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    id. Off. 1, 29:

    agamus quod instat,

    Verg. E. 9, 66:

    renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:

    suum negotium agere,

    to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,

    ut vestrum negotium agatis,

    Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:

    neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,

    Sall. J. 30, 1:

    sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,

    Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
    3.
    To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):

    nescio quid mens mea majus agit,

    Ov. H. 12, 212:

    hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,

    Val. Fl. 3, 392:

    agere fratri proditionem,

    Tac. H. 2, 26:

    de intranda Britannia,

    id. Agr. 13.—
    4.
    With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):

    rimas agere (sometimes ducere),

    to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:

    vigilias agere,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:

    excubias alicui,

    Ov. F. 3, 245:

    excubias,

    Tac. H. 4, 58:

    pervigilium,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    stationem agere,

    to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:

    triumphum agere,

    to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:

    libera arbitria agere,

    to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:

    paenitentiam agere,

    to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:

    silentia agere,

    to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:

    pacem agere,

    Juv. 15, 163:

    crimen agere,

    to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    laborem agere,

    id. Fin. 2, 32:

    cursus agere,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:

    delectum agere,

    to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:

    experimenta agere,

    Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    mensuram,

    id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:

    curam agere,

    to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:

    curam ejus egit,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:

    oblivia agere,

    to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:

    nugas agere,

    to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:

    officinas agere,

    to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):

    diis gratias pro meritis agere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    Haud male agit gratias,

    id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:

    Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:

    Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;

    nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,

    id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;

    majores etiam habemus,

    id. Marcell. 11, 33:

    Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;

    referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:

    gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,

    Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;

    and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:

    Dianae laudes gratesque agam,

    id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,

    diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,

    Liv. 26, 48:

    agi sibi gratias passus est,

    Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:

    Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,

    id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
    5.
    Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:

    tempus,

    Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:

    senectutem,

    id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:

    dies festos,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:

    otia secura,

    Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:

    ruri agere vitam,

    Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:

    vitam in terris,

    Verg. G. 2, 538:

    tranquillam vitam agere,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:

    Hunc (diem) agerem si,

    Verg. A. 5, 51:

    ver magnus agebat Orbis,

    id. G. 2, 338:

    aestiva agere,

    to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:

    menses jam tibi esse actos vides,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:

    mensis agitur hic septimus,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:

    melior pars acta (est) diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:

    acta est per lacrimas nox,

    Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:

    tunc principium anni agebatur,

    Liv. 3, 6:

    actis quindecim annis in regno,

    Just. 41, 5, 9:

    Nona aetas agitur,

    Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:

    quartum annum ago et octogesimum,

    am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,

    Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:

    civitas laeta agere,

    was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:

    tum Marius apud primos agebat,

    id. ib. 101, 6:

    in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,

    id. ib. 89, 7:

    apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,

    Tac. A. 3, 19:

    Thracia discors agebat,

    id. ib. 3, 38:

    Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,

    Tac. G. 42:

    ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,

    id. ib. 43:

    Gallos trans Padum agentes,

    id. H. 3, 34:

    quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    agere inter homines desinere,

    id. ib. 15, 74:

    Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,

    was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:

    ante aciem agere,

    id. G. 7; and:

    in armis agere,

    id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
    6.
    In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:

    qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,

    Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):

    a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,

    hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:

    Hoc age,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:

    Hoc agite, of poetry,

    Juv. 7, 20:

    hoc agamus,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 12:

    haec agamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:

    agere hoc possumus,

    Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:

    hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,

    id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:

    nunc istuc age,

    id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:

    Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,

    Cic. Lig. 4, 11:

    id et agunt et moliuntur,

    id. Mur. 38:

    (oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:

    qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,

    keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    id. Lig. 6, 18:

    Hoc agit, ut doleas,

    Juv. 5, 157:

    Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:

    Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?

    have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:

    Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?

    id. ib. 4, 10:

    Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:

    certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,

    Nep. Them. 5, 1:

    ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:

    usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:

    atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:

    aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,

    id. Clu. 64.—
    7.
    In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:

    aliena bella mercedibus agere,

    Mel. 1, 16:

    Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:

    Martem for bellum,

    Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):

    levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,

    Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:

    forum agere,

    to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:

    conventus agere,

    to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;

    used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,

    Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:

    vivorum coetus agere,

    to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:

    censum agere,

    Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:

    recensum agere,

    id. Caes. 41:

    potestatem agere,

    Flor. 1, 7, 2:

    honorem agere,

    Liv. 8, 26:

    regnum,

    Flor. 1, 6, 2:

    rem publicam,

    Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:

    consulatum,

    Quint. 12, 1, 16:

    praefecturam,

    Suet. Tib. 6:

    centurionatum,

    Tac. A. 1, 44:

    senatum,

    Suet. Caes. 88:

    fiscum agere,

    to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:

    publicum agere,

    to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:

    inquisitionem agere,

    Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:

    curam alicujus rei agere,

    to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:

    rei publicae curationem agens,

    Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
    8.
    Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:

    velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:

    de condicionibus pacis,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    de summa re publica,

    Suet. Caes. 28:

    cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,

    id. Aug. 94:

    de poena alicujus,

    Liv. 5, 36:

    de agro plebis,

    id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):

    cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,

    Gell. 13, 15, 10:

    agere cum populo de re publica,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,

    Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:

    hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,

    id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
    a.
    Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);

    ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?

    I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:

    Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,

    thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:

    algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,

    Juv. 4, 49:

    haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,

    thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:

    de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 75:

    egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,

    id. ib. 5, 2:

    Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,

    Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:

    Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,

    Nep. Alc. 8, 2:

    si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,

    Tac. A. 15, 14:

    ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,

    Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:

    Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,

    Suet. Tib. 54.—
    b.
    With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:

    facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 11:

    bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,

    Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:

    praeclare cum aliquo agere,

    Cic. Sest. 23:

    Male agis mecum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:

    qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,

    Cic. Quinct. 84; and:

    tu contra me male agis,

    Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:

    intelleget secum actum esse pessime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:

    praeclare mecum actum puto,

    id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:

    vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,

    id. Off. 1, 15:

    bene agitur pro noxia,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
    9.
    Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
    a.
    Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:

    ex jure civili et praetorio agere,

    Cic. Caecin. 12:

    tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,

    to litigate, id. Mur. 17:

    ex sponso egit,

    id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:

    agere lege in hereditatem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:

    cum illo se lege agere dicebat,

    Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:

    non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:

    causa quam vi agere malle,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:

    Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,

    with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,

    Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,

    settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:

    ubi manu agitur,

    when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
    b.
    Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:

    causam apud centumviros egit,

    Cic. Caecin. 24:

    Caesar cum ageret apud censores,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:

    egi causam adversus magistratus,

    Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:

    orator agere dicitur causam,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:

    agit causas liberales,

    Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:

    cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,

    Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;

    tua res agitur,

    is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;

    and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 10:

    Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,

    Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:

    tam solute agere, tam leniter,

    id. Brut. 80:

    tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?

    id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:

    Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?

    of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:

    causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,

    to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:

    Samnitium bella, quae agimus,

    are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
    c.
    Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:

    reus agitur,

    id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:

    agere furti,

    to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:

    adulterii cum aliquo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    injuriarum,

    id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
    d.
    Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:

    non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:

    non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,

    the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:

    aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:

    si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,

    id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
    (α).
    Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:

    at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:

    quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:

    agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:

    in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,

    id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:

    non libertas solum agebatur,

    Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:

    nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):

    agitur pars tertia mundi,

    is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
    (β).
    Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;

    perii,

    this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:

    actum hodie est de me,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:

    jam de Servio actum,

    Liv. 1, 47:

    actum est de collo meo,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;

    ilicet me infelicem,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:

    si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:

    actumst, ilicet, peristi,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;

    actumst,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:

    rem actam agis,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,

    actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:

    acta agimus,

    id. Am. 22.—
    10. a.
    Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:

    quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,

    id. ib. 3, 56, 214:

    agere fortius et audentius volo,

    Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
    b.
    Of an actor, to represent, play, act:

    Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,

    fabulam,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:

    dum haec agitur fabula,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:

    partis,

    to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:

    gestum agere in scaena,

    id. de Or. 2, 57:

    dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,

    Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:

    egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,

    id. Fam. 2, 9:

    amicum imperatoris,

    Tac. H. 1, 30:

    exulem,

    id. A. 1, 4:

    socium magis imperii quam ministrum,

    id. H. 2, 83:

    senatorem,

    Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:

    utrinque prora frontem agit,

    serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
    11.
    Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:

    tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,

    Sall. J. 56, 5:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint,

    Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:

    qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,

    Suet. Claud. 25:

    non principem se, sed ministrum egit,

    id. ib. 29:

    neglegenter se et avare agere,

    Eutr. 6, 9:

    prudenter se agebat,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:

    sapienter se agebat,

    ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:

    seditiose,

    Tac. Agr. 7:

    facile justeque,

    id. ib. 9:

    superbe,

    id. H. 2, 27:

    ex aequo,

    id. ib. 4, 64:

    anxius et intentus agebat,

    id. Agr. 5.—
    12.
    Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
    a.
    In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
    (α).
    In the sing.:

    age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,

    come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:

    age, perge, quaeso,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:

    age, da veniam filio,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:

    age, age, nunc experiamur,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 23:

    age sis tu... delude,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:

    quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:

    Agedum vicissim dic,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:

    agedum humanis concede,

    Lucr. 3, 962:

    age modo hodie sero,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:

    age nuncjam,

    id. And. 5, 2, 25:

    En age, quid cessas,

    Tib. 2, 2, 10:

    Quare age,

    Verg. A. 7, 429:

    Verum age,

    id. ib. 12, 832:

    Quin age,

    id. G. 4, 329:

    en, age, Rumpe moras,

    id. ib. 3, 43:

    eia age,

    id. A. 4, 569.—
    (β).
    In the plur.:

    agite, pugni,

    up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:

    agite bibite,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:

    agite in modum dicite,

    Cat. 61, 38:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:

    vos agite... volvite,

    Val. Fl. 3, 311:

    agite nunc, divites, plorate,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:

    agitedum,

    Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):

    age igitur, intro abite,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:

    En agedum convertite,

    Prop. 1, 1, 21:

    mittite, agedum, legatos,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    Ite age,

    Stat. Th. 10, 33:

    Huc age adeste,

    Sil. 11, 169.—
    b.
    In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:

    nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,

    id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;

    4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:

    age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
    c.
    As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;

    dabo,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:

    Age, veniam,

    id. And. 4, 2, 30:

    age, sit ita factum,

    Cic. Mil. 19:

    age sane,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
    ► Position.
    —Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
    I.
    Sometimes follows such verb; as,
    a.
    In dactylic metre:

    Cede agedum,

    Prop. 5, 9, 54:

    Dic age,

    Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:

    Esto age,

    Pers. 2, 42:

    Fare age,

    Verg. A. 3, 362:

    Finge age,

    Ov. H. 7, 65:

    Redde age,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:

    Surge age,

    Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:

    Vade age,

    Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,

    agite: Ite agite,

    Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
    b.
    In other metres (very rarely):

    appropera age,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:

    dic age,

    Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;

    3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,

    Liv. 38, 47:

    procedat agedum ad pugnam,

    id. 7, 9.—
    II.
    It is often separated from such verb:

    age me huc adspice,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:

    Age... instiga,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:

    Quare agite... conjungite,

    Cat. 64, 372:

    Huc age... veni,

    Tib. 2, 5, 2:

    Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,

    Verg. A. 2, 707:

    en age segnis Rumpe moras,

    id. G. 3, 42:

    age te procellae Crede,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:

    Age jam... condisce,

    id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
    1.
    ăgens, entis, P. a.
    A.
    Adj.
    1.
    Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):

    utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:

    acre orator, incensus et agens,

    id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
    ► 2.
    Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
    B.
    Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
    a.
    Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
    b.
    For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
    2.
    actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
    A.
    actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:

    actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7:

    acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    id. ib. 1, 7:

    acta tui praeclari tribunatus,

    id. Dom. 31.—
    B.
    acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;

    but Augustus again prohibited it,

    Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;

    also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,

    the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:

    acta populi,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    acta publica,

    Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:

    urbana,

    id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
    1.
    With the time added:

    acta eorum temporum,

    Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:

    illius temporis,

    Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:

    ejus anni,

    Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
    2.
    Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
    C.
    acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
    D.
    acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
    a.
    Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
    b.
    Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
    E.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta publica

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Poetry Foundation — The Poetry Foundation is a Chicago based American foundation created to promote poetry in the wider culture. It was formed from Poetry magazine, which it continues to publish, with a 2003 gift of $200 million from philanthropist Ruth… …   Wikipedia

  • The Theory of Moral Sentiments — was written by Adam Smith in 1759. It provided the ethical, philosophical, psychological and methodological underpinnings to Smith s later works, including The Wealth of Nations (1776), A Treatise on Public Opulence (1764) (first published in… …   Wikipedia

  • The World as Will and Representation — The title page of the expanded 1844 publication The World as Will and Representation (Die Welt als Wille und Vorstellung) is the central work of the German philosopher Arthur Schopenhauer. The first edition was published in December 1818,[1] and… …   Wikipedia

  • The Oxford Movement (1833-1845) —     The Oxford Movement (1833 1845)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Oxford Movement (1833 1845)     The Oxford Movement may be looked upon in two distinct lights. The conception which lay at its base, according to the Royal Commission on… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Seven Liberal Arts —     The Seven Liberal Arts     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Seven Liberal Arts     The expression artes liberales, chiefly used during the Middle Ages, does not mean arts as we understand the word at this present day, but those branches of… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Syro-Aramaic Reading of the Koran —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Society of the Spectacle — ( La Société du spectacle ) is a work of philosophy and critical theory by Situationist and Marxist theorist, Guy Debord. It was first published in 1967. Book structure, influences and translationsThe work is a series of two hundred and twenty… …   Wikipedia

  • The Apostrophe to Vincentine — The Apostrophe of Vincentine is a poem from Wallace Stevens s first book of poetry, Harmonium (1923). It was first published before 1923 and is therefore in the public domain according to Librivox. [http://librivox.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=4077] …   Wikipedia

  • The Lay of the Last Minstrel — (1805) is a long narrative poem by Walter Scott.Lady Margaret Scott of Buccleuch, the Flower of Teviot is beloved by Baron Henry of Cranstown an ally of the Ker Clan, but a deadly feud exists between the two border clans of Scott Carr/Ker, which… …   Wikipedia

  • The Fright of Real Tears — The Fright of Real Tears: Krzysztof Kieślowski Between Theory and Post Theory (hereafter referred to as TFRT ) is a book by the Slovenian philosopher Slavoj Žižek which uses free associative film interpretation to tangentially examine the films… …   Wikipedia

  • The Life of Reason — subtitled the Phases of Human Progress , is a book published in five volumes from 1905 to 1906, by Spanish born American philosopher George Santayana (1863 1952). It consists of Reason in Common Sense , Reason in Society , Reason in Religion , R …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»